Canon iR105 Service Manual
Hide thumbs Also See for iR105:
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

iR105
REVISION 0
FY8-13HF-000
JULY 2001
COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC.
2000 2000 2000 2000
CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A. (IMPRIME AU U.S.A.)

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Summary of Contents for Canon iR105

  • Page 1 REVISION 0 FY8-13HF-000 JULY 2001 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A. (IMPRIME AU U.S.A.)
  • Page 2 Application This manual has been issued by Canon Inc. for qualified persons to learn technical theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, there may be information in this manual that does not apply to your locality.
  • Page 3 Provides a description of a service mode. Provides a description of the nature of an error indication. Refers to the Copier Basics Series for a better understanding of the contents. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 4 INTRODUCTION 2 Outline of the Manual This Service Manual provides basic facts and figures about the iR105 and the side paper deck designed as an accessory to the copier; use the information for servicing the machine in the field, thus ensuring the initial product quality.
  • Page 5 INTRODUCTION 3 iR105 System Configuration The iR105 may be configured with the following options: [13] [16] [17] [18] [11] [10] [12] [14] [15] F00-300-01 [1] Saddle Finisher-K3N/K4N [11] Stapler Cartridge-H1 [2] Inserter-B1 [12] Card Reader-D1 [3] Paper Folding Unit-C1 [13] Original Holder-D1...
  • Page 6 Functions ON/OFF Display Energy Contrast Saver Clear Power Processing/ Data Error [1] Control panel power switch [3] Main power switch [2] Operation/Memory lamp [4] Heater switch F00-300-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 7 US unless they bear a certificate of compli- ance. The following is the label that indicates compliance with the CDRH ordinances, and it must be found on all laser products sold in the US. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 8 30-2, SHIMOMARUKO, 3-CHOME, OHTAKU, TOKYO, 146, JAPAN. MANUFACTURED: THIS PRODUCT CONFORMS WITH CQRH RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARD 21CFR CHAPTER 1 SUBCHAPTER J. F00-402-01 The description may vary from model to model. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 9 Take full care whenever servicing areas of the machine behind these covers. This label is attached to all covers inside the machine where hazards from laser light exist. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 10 ADVARSEL - ADVARSEL - LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES. UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN. LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES. UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN. F00-403-01 viii COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 11: Safety Of Toner

    In addition, avoid bringing toner into contact with plastic material, as it tends to dissolve easily. Do not throw toner into fire to avoid explosion. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 12: Table Of Contents

    4.1 Outline of the Laser Exposure 2.9 Disassembly/Assembly .... 2-12 System ........2-51 2.9.1 No. 1 Mirror Base 4.2 Changes Made to the Laser Assembly ......2-13 Exposure System ..... 2-53 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 13 Removing the Deck 6.6.4 Registration Feed Pickup Sensor Unit ..2-192 Assembly ......2-99 9.4.2 Removing the Deck Feed 6.6.5 Duplex Unit ..... 2-100 Sensor Unit ...... 2-193 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 14 Memory ........3-10 4.7.3 Return to Standby Mode (OFF mode → standby) ..3-16 2.3.1 Compression/Expansion, Rotation, and Enlargement/ 4.8 Power Supply OFF Mode ..3-16 Reduction ......3-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 15 Scanner Side ....6-6 Drive Cable ......6-18 2 Standards and Adjustments ....6-9 2.2.2 Adjusting the Scanner 2.1 Image Adjustment-Related Mirror Base ......6-18 Items ........... 6-9 xiii COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 16 Web Solenoid (SL2) ..6-27 Controller PCB ....6-42 2.4.11 Position of the Delivery 2.7.5 When Replacing the Main Flapper Solenoid (SL3) ..6-29 Controller PCB ....6-42 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 17 ......6-84 3.3.1 The output is too light 3.3.21 The output is solid blank ... 6-85 (halftone area) ....6-71 3.3.22 The output is solid black ... 6-86 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 18 4.1.72 The DC power supply 4.1.35 E226 ......... 6-105 fails to operate. 1 ..... 6-124 4.1.36 E240 ......... 6-105 4.1.73 Pickup fails ...... 6-125 4.1.37 E241 ......... 6-106 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 19 6.11.3 DC controller PCB ..6-171 operate ......6-140 6.11.4 HV-DC PCB ....6-172 4.1.92 Pickup fails 7 Upgrading ........6-173 (side paper deck) ....6-141 7.1 Outline ........6-173 xvii COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 20 2.2 I/O ..........S-25 5.1 OPTION ......... S-129 2.3 ADJUST ........S-55 ERROR CODE 1 Error Codes ........E-1 1.1 Outline of Error Codes ....E-1 xviii COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 21: Chapter 1 Introduction

    CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 22: Features

    Manual feed tray: 50 sheets Side Paper Deck-N1 (option): 3500 sheets (4000 sheets)* * The number in parentheses indicates when the count is based on 64 g/m paper. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 23: Various Delivery Processing (With Options)

    1.7 High-Level Printer Functions to Support Networking Re- quirements • The use of a Network Multi-PDL printer kit (option) will enable a higher level of net- work printing. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 24: Specifications

    208 V: 1220 W (main) + 600 W (sub) 230 V: 1185 W (main) + 645 W (sub) Counter Soft counter Toner Magnetic, positive toner (toner cartridge) T01-201-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 25 600 × 600 dpi in reading; 1200 (equivalent) × 600 dpi in copier mode; 2400 (equivalent) × 600 dpi in printer mode Gradation TBIC method, binary T01-201-03 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 26 • Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR • 3-hole paper (horizontal feed; restrictions on orientation) LTR, LTRR • Index paper (attachment required) A4, LTR T01-201-04 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 27 B4, A4, A4R, LTR, LTRR • Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR • 3-hole sheet (horizontal feed) LTR, LTRR T01-201-05 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 28 • Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR • 3-hole paper (horizontal feed) LTR, LTRR • Index paper A4, LTR T01-201-06 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 29 • Colored paper (recommended type) B4, A4, A4R • Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR • 3-hole paper (horizontal feed) LTR, LTRR T01-201-07 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 30 • Postcard (horizontal feed) 4-piece postcard pad • Thick paper (90 to 200 g/m A3, B4, A4, B5, A4R, B5R, LTR, LTRR • 3-hole paper (horizontal feed) LTR, LTRR T01-201-08 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 31 Cassette heater (for 230V model only; standard with 200V model; none available for 208V model) Trimmer-A1 * The number in parentheses indicates when an ADF is used. T01-201-09 1-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 32 • Cassette Heater (20 W) 200 V model: standard 208 V model: none available 230 V model: option • Fluorescent Lamp Heater (36 W) common for all countries T01-201-10 1-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 33 A4R → B4 II (122.4%) A5 → B5 B4 → A3 I (115.4%) B5 → A4 Delivery from copier, auto paper select, density auto adjust, non-sort, deck/cassette T01-201-11 1-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 34 * STMTR may not be used in the ADF. Delivery from copier, auto paper select, density auto adjust, non-sort, deck/cassette T01-201-12 The above specifications are subject to change for product improvement. 1-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 35: Side Paper Deck-N1

    Weight 46 kg (approx.) Power supply/ DC from host copier Operating environment Same as copier T01-202-01 The above specifications are subject to change for product improvement. 1-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 36 [10] Left deck [5] Manual feed tray [11] Cassette 3 [6] Vertical path cover (upper) [12] Cassette 4 [7] Vertical path cover (lower) [13] Front cover F01-301-01 1-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 37 [7] Delivery cover [3] Grip/drum rotation stopper case [8] Parallel connector [4] Service Book Case [9] Heater switch [5] Feeding assembly releasing lever [10] Leakage breaker F01-301-02 1-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 38 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Blank page 1-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 39 [42] [41] [18] [19] [40] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24] [25] [39] [26] [38] [37] [36] [27] [28] [29] [30] [35] [31] [32] [33] [34] F01-302-01 1-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 40 [19] Manual feed separation roller [41] Fixing upper roller [20] Pre-transfer exposure LED [42] External delivery roller [21] Registration roller [43] No.3 mirror [22] Transfer charging assembly [44] No.2 mirror 1-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 41 Start Functions ON/OFF Display Energy Contrast Saver Clear Power Processing/ Error Data [1] Control panel power switch [3] Main power switch [2] Main power lamp F01-401-01 1-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 42 [7] Error lamp [15] Counter Check key* [8] Operation/Memory lamp [16] Touch panel display * Indicates the readings of counters on the touch panel display. F01-402-01 1-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 43 Use it to store or call a copying mode (9 settings max.). Call Use it to call back any of the three most recent copying modes for printing. T01-403-01 1-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 44 Low*/High Sleep Mode Tray Designation Tray A: copier*/printer*/other* Tray B: copier*/printer*/other* Printing Priority 1 copier (priority)/2 printer/3 other Stack Bypass Standard Settings On/Off* * Factory default. 1-23 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 45 Photo Mode On/Off* Smart Scan Initial Setting: On*/Off Change Original Type: On/Off* Recognizable Text: Japanese/European/Rus- sian Standard Settings Store/Initialize Yes/No Initialize Copy Settings * Factory default. 1-24 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 46 Doc. Auto Erase: 1, 2, 3, 6, 12 hr; 1, 2, 3, 7, 30 days; none, 3 days* Initialize Photo Mode On/Off* Standard Scan Settings Store/Initialize Report Settings User’s Data List Print * Factory default. 1-25 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 47 Startup Time Settings (0 to 300 sec; 60 sec) Ethernet Driver Settings Auto Detect (On*/Off), Communication Mode, Ethernet Type, MAC Address Clear Message Board Yes/No Auto Offline On/Off* * Factory default. 1-26 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 48 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 49: Chapter 2 New Function

    Supports higher speed 198ºC temperature control (208V/230V model) curl reduction Image Processing System Pickup/Feeding System GP605 (iR600)-based Supports iR machines Supports higher speed Modified PCBs Supports index paper F02-101-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 50: Wiring Diagram Of The Major Pcbs

    J1901 J105 Original J783 orientation J781 detection PCB Note: The in the diagram indicates major wiring between PCBs, not the direction of signals. F02-102-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 51: Original Exposure System

    • 4-channel high-speed reading CCD (see discussions of image processing system) • CCD adjustment (see discussions of image processing system) • PCB arrangement • ADF mechanism (new) For others, see T02-202-01 for a table of differences. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 52 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 53: Enlargement/Reduction

    The digital method of enlargement/reduction is used for the following: • for fixed reading, if between 25% and 49.9% • for stream reading, if between 25% and 84.9% COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 54: Preventing Overheating Of The Scanner Motor

    Fan rotation control In stream reading mode and standby Stop Between 60% and 68.9% reduction and fixed reading Full speed Other than above in fixed reading Half speed COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 55: Arrangement Of Pcbs

    [7] Laser scanner motor driver PCB [4] Scanner motor driver PCB [8] CCD/AP PCB The reader controller PCB is located where the image processor PCB was found. F02-205-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 56: Stabilizing The Scanning Lamp

    Thereafter, when the ADF is opened farther and to 30° or higher [2], the machine-side sensor goes ON, enabling automatic detection of original size. F02-207-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 57 In the case of the machine, it uses 5 sec for the detection of original size without affecting the first copy time (i.e., by making use of the 2 sec re- quired by the fluorescent lamp to go ON). COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 58: Detecting Dust In Stream Reading

    The machine will not use stream reading but use fixed reading as long as the message remains. 3 mm (7 points) Dust Black line on output F02-208-01 2-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 59 • The ADF feeding belt is appreciably soiled. • CCD-ADJ/LUT-ADJ is not executed correctly. If the message appears, clean the belt (using alcohol) or execute CCD-ADJ/ LUT-ADJ. 2-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 60: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be sure to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 61: No. 1 Mirror Base Assembly

    [4]. F02-209-01 3) Remove the 4 screws [1], and detach the original lamp inside cover [2]. F02-209-02 2-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 62 [3] at rear) of the No. 1 mirror base. Also, be sure that the con- nector in step 5) is firmly to the anti-reflection plate. F02-209-04 F02-209-05 2-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 63 6) Remove the scanning lamp [1] (w/ scan- ning heater) to the front. F02-209-07 7) Detach the scanning lamp heater [1] from the scanning lamp [2]. F02-209-08 2-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 64: Functions

    6) Inplement the service mode described below to the service sheet which is to be kept in the service log book case. COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>LBL-PRNT 7) Turn off and then on the main power switch. 2-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 65: Scanner Drive Assembly

    [4]. When mounting it, be sure to set the tension to 10 ±2 N (1 REF. ±0.2 kgf) using a spring gauge for correct positioning. F02-209-12 2-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 66 When moving the mirror base, F02-209-13 be sure not to touch the mirror or the lamp or impose force to avoid dirt and damage. Rear F02-209-14 2-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 67 Wind 7 times. Put the steel ball in the hole of the pulley. Wind the cable so that the gap, if any, is minimum. Tighten temporarily. F02-209-15 2-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 68 No. 1 mirror base and the No. 2 mirror base; then, fit the pin [2] at- tached to the mirror positioning tool. (front) F02-209-16 (rear) F02-209-17 2-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 69 2 screws [2] from the opening in the side plate. (front) F02-209-18 (rear) F02-209-19 9) Detach the mirror positioning tool. 10) Reverse steps 1) through 4). 2-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 70 F02-209-20 4) Peel off the Warning label [1] from the flexible cable [2]. F02-209-21 2-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 71 • When pushing in the fixing plate, take care not to touch the reflecting plate. F02-209-23 2-23 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 72: Pcbs

    [2], detach the light adjustment PCB holder. F02-209-24 3) Disconnect the connector J165 [1], and remove the screw [2]; then, detach the light adjustment PCB [3]. F02-209-25 2-24 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 73 5) Free the left and right hooks [2] (1 pc. each) on the mounting plate of the in- verter unit [1], and detach them upward. View from A F02-209-27 2-25 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 74 4) Remove the 2 screws [1], and free the reader controller communication cable [2] from the wire saddle [3]; then, de- tach the transformer unit [4]. F02-209-29 2-26 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 75 2 flexible cables [2]; then, remove the 9 screws [3] and the stepped screw [4], to detach the reader controller PCB [5] in the direction of the arrow. F02-209-31 2-27 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 76 1) Remove the reader controller cover. (See 2.9.4.h.) 2) Remove the 3 screws [1], and remove the original orientation detection PCB [2] in the direction of the arrow. F02-209-32 2-28 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 77: Others

    2) Move the No. 1 mirror base to the right edge. 3) Remove the 2 screws [1], and discon- nect the connector [2]; then, detach the original size sensor unit (front) [3]. F02-209-34 2-29 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 78 2) Move the No. 1 mirror base to the left edge. 3) Remove the screw, and disconnect the connector [2]; then, detach the original size sensor unit (rear) [3]. F02-209-36 2-30 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 79 2) Free the harness from the wire saddle [1]; then, disconnect the connector [2], remove the screw [3], and detach the sensor mounting plate [4]. F02-209-38 2-31 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 80 [2] [1] 2.9.3.c.) 2) Free the harness from the wire saddle [1], and remove the screw [2]; then, de- tach the sensor mounting plate [3]. F02-209-40 2-32 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 81 2) Free the harness from the wire saddle [1]; then, disconnect the connector [2], remove the screw [3], and detach the sensor mounting plate [4]. F02-209-42 2-33 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 82 2) Remove the small cover [1] for the stan- dard white plate with a flat-blade screw- driver. F02-209-44 3) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the standard white plate cover [2]. F02-209-45 2-34 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 83 6) Inplement the service mode described below to the service sheet which is to be kept in the service log book case. COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>LBL-PRNT 7) Turn off and then on the main power switch. 2-35 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 84 [3]. 3) Disconnect the flexible cable [2] from the connector [4]. F02-209-47 4) Remove the 6 screws [1], and detach the reader controller cover [2]. F02-209-48 2-36 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 85: Image Processing System

    [1] CCD/AP PCB CCD drive, analog image processing, A/D conversion [2] Reader Controller PCB shading correction, auto density adjustment (AE), image data conversion (4 channels → 2 channels) 2-37 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 86 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-38 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 87: 4-Channel High-Speed Reading Ccd

    Output unit D unit B Clock pulse D Clock pulse B Transfer unit D Transfer unit B Direction of charge transfer Direction of charge transfer F02-303-01 2-39 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 88: Ccd Adjustment

    Use any of the above methods as needed. Start with A, and then B; if both fail, execute C. Do not move to B or C without correctly executing A. 2-40 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 89: Analog Image Processing

    [5] 1st half even-numbered pixel digital image signal [6] 1st half odd-numbered pixel digital image signal [7] 2nd half even-numbered pixel digital image signal [8] 2nd half odd-numbered pixel digital image signal F02-305-01 2-41 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 90: Digital Image Processing

    [3] 2nd-half even-numbered pixel digital image signal [4] 2nd-half odd-numbered pixel digital image signal [5] even-numbered pixel digital image signal [6] odd-numbered pixel digital image signal F02-306-01 2-42 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 91: Detecting The Orientation Of Originals

    Dictionary storage block storage block Flash ROM Language dictionaries To increase processing speed, the are stored. image data is processed into binary data and stored. F02-307-01 2-43 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 92: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be sure to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-44 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 93: Ccd Unit

    [3], and disconnect the connector (3 locations); then, discon- nect the 2 flat cables [5] from the reader controller PCB, and detach the CCD unit [6]. F02-308-02 2-45 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 94 8) Make test copies in book mode and feeder mode to make sure that the images are not displaced; if displaced, execute the following: Book Mode A: COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>ADJ-X B: COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>ADJ-Y F02-308-03 2-46 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 95: Hard Disk

    Removing the Hard disk 1) Remove the main control box. 2) Remove the 5 screws [1], and detach the cover [2]. F02-308-05 2-47 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 96 2 connectors [2], and remove the mounting screws [4] of the grounding wires [3]; then, detach the hard disks [5] together with the mounting base. [3] [4] F02-308-08 2-48 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 97 4) Turn on the PC, and turn on the main power switch while pressing '2' and '8' in the con- trol panel at the same time. 5) Using the Service Support Tool, format the hard disk unit and install the system soft- ware. 2-49 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 98 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS Blank page 2-50 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 99: Laser Exposure System

    8-face mirror Laser unit Collimating lens Laser scanner motor Laser mirror BD PCB BD mirror Photosensitive drum Laser A Laser B 18 pixels (760 µm) F02-401-01 2-51 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 100 Used to detect laser beams. Laser driver PCB Used to control laser activation. Scanner motor driver PCB Used to control the rotation of the laser scanner motor. T02-401-01 2-52 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 101 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-53 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 102: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be sure to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-54 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 103: Laser Unit

    4) Disconnect the 4 connectors [1], and remove the video cable [2]; then, re- move the 8 screws [3], and detach the laser scanner unit [4]. [3] [3] F02-403-02 2-55 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 104: Bd Unit

    2) Remove the 3 screws [1], and discon- nect the 2 connectors [2]; then, remove the laser fan unit [3]. 3) Slide out the process unit. (See 5.7.1.) F02-403-03 2-56 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 105 5) Remove the screw [2], and slide out the BD unit [1] to the front. F02-403-04 6) Disconnect the connector [1], and take out the BD unit [2]. F02-403-05 2-57 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 106 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS Blank page 2-58 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 107: Image Formation System

    Potential sensor Pre-exposure LED Hopper Cleaner unit Developing assembly Dust-collecting roller Pre-transfer charging assembly Pre-transfer exposure LED Transfer guide Separation charging assembly Transfer charging assembly F02-501-01 2-59 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 108 Image exposure Voltage Development Cylinder Cylinder 1 cycle rotation Pre-transfer charging 100msec 100msec Pre-transfer exposure Transfer Separation Roller application voltage Roller rotation Fixing Main heater heater F02-501-02 2-60 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 109 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-61 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 110: Addition Of The Pre-Transfer Exposure Led

    5.5 Addition of the Developing Fan To prevent overheating of the developing assembly [1], a developing fan has been added to the front of the machine. (See 8.2 Fans) 2-62 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 111: Modifying The Developing Cylinder Cover

    The heat pipe has a high degree of heat conductivity, and the air cooled by the developing fan cools the front side of the pipe, ultimately cooling the entire developing cylinder cover to present overheating of the developing assembly. F02-506-01 2-63 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 112: Preventing Adhesion Of Toner To The Cleaning Blade

    These settings may be changed in service mode to suit the site of installa- tion: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>VBR-M-SW. The operation of the blade vibrating units may be checked in service mode: COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>MTR. 2-64 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 113: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be sure to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-65 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 114: Process Unit

    8) Detach the drum stopper [1]. 9) Remove the 3 screws [4], and discon- nect the connector [5]; then, slide out the process unit [6]. F02-508-02 2-66 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 115 When placing the removed pro- cess unit, turn the kit support plate [1] counterclockwise, and be sure to create a gap from the floor to prevent damage. F02-508-04 2-67 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 116 After mounting the process unit. be sure to slide out the duplex unit and remove the waste toner. F02-508-05 2-68 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 117 2) Slide out the process unit. (See 5.8.1.a.) 3) Remove the 3 screws [1], and discon- nect the 2 connectors [2]; then, detach the sub plate assembly [3]. F02-508-06 2-69 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 118 4) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the positioner holder [2]. F02-508-07 5) Remove the 3 screws [1], and detach the drum fixing plate [2]. F02-508-08 2-70 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 119: Drum Cleaner Unit

    [3] to the front (in the direction of the arrow) to lift. F02-508-09 5.8.2 Drum Cleaner Unit a. Construction Cleaning blade Blade vibration unit Separation claw F02-508-10 2-71 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 120 5 screws [2]; then, lift the rear and push it in to detach the clean- ing blade together with the mounting plate [3]. F02-508-12 2-72 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 121 2 screws [2]; then, detach the blade vibrating unit [3]. (The rear and front blade vibrating units may be disassembled in the same way.) F02-508-15 2-73 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 122: Charging Wires

    [5] together with the wire cleaner motor shaft [3]. F02-508-16 3) Pick the wire cleaner with small pliers, and free the hook with your fingers. F02-508-17 2-74 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 123 To form a loop, wind the charg- ing wire once around a hex key, Memo and twist the key 3 to 4 times. Charging wire (rear) (front) F02-508-19 2-75 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 124 9) Fit the cushion to the front of the charg- ing wire. (except for primary charging assembly) 10) Mount the shielding plate (left, right). For other charging assemblies, fit the lid (2 pc.). 2-76 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 125 11) Mount the wire cleaner. At this time, pay attention to the orientation of the wire cleaner. 12) Wipe the charging wire with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol. 2-77 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 126 [5] to a torque of 1.5 ±0.2 kg•cm. thereafter, tighten the screws [1], [2], [3], [4] to a torque of 8 kg•cm in the order indicated. F02-508-24 2-78 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 127 A REF. full turn of the screw changes the position of the charging wire by about 0.7 2-79 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 128: Area Around The Process Unit

    3 screws [1] found on the bottom; then, detach the LED cover [2]. F02-508-26 3) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- move the pre-transfer exposure LED [2]. F02-508-27 2-80 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 129 4) Remove the heater developing cylinder deceleration clutch [1]. F02-508-29 5) Remove the 6 E-rings [1], 2 bearings [2], gear [3], and pin [4]; then, detach the clutch [5]. F02-508-30 2-81 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 130 2) Take out the developing cylinder clutch [1]. F02-508-31 3) Remove the 8 E-rings [1], 2 beatings [2], 2 gears [3], and pin [4]; then, de- tach the clutch [5]. F02-508-32 2-82 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 131: Pickup/Feeding System

    3/4 pickup sensor, vertical path 3/4 sensor. • The use of index paper is allowed as a transfer medium. For others, see T02-602-01 and T02-602-02. 2-83 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 132 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-84 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 133 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-85 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 134: Optical Sensors

    The presence of this sensor enables the shortest possible sheet-to-sheet distance. (For the position for the sensor, see F02-604-01.) 2-86 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 135 PS60: image write start sensor PS20: right deck pickup sensor* PS61: duplex outlet sensor PS25: left deck pickup sensor* * Optical sensor. PS26: left deck feed sensor* F02-604-01 2-87 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 136: Index Paper Attachment

    Index sheets are fed from the source of index sheets (cassette 3/4) selected from the con- trol panel. (For details, see the User Guide.) Index paper attachment Index sheets Fixing sheet Backing F02-605-01 2-88 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 137: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be sure to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-89 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 138: Manual Feed Tray Assembly

    2) Move the slide volume [2] in the direc- tion of B, and fit the timing belt [3] to the pulley [4] and the pulley [5]. F02-606-02 2-90 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 139 3) Disconnect the connector [1]. 4) Remove heater mounting screw [2], and detach the pickup roller releasing sole- noid [3] together with the support plate. F02-606-04 2-91 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 140 7) Remove the 11 mounting screws [1], and detach the manual feed tray pickup assembly [2]. F02-606-06 8) Remove the 2 mounting screws [1], and detach the upper guide plate [2]. F02-606-07 2-92 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 141 10) Remove the 2 mounting screws [1], and detach the middle guide plate [2]. F02-606-09 11) Remove the 2 mounting screws [2] of the sensor unit [1]. F02-606-10 2-93 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 142: Cassette Pickup Assembly

    When mount- F02-606-13 ing it, be sure the claw is not displaced or the sensor is not disoriented. 2-94 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 143 When mount- F02-606-16 ing it, be sure the claw is not displaced or the sensor is not disoriented. 2-95 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 144: Vertical Path Roller Assembly

    2) Remove the E-ring [1] and the bearing [2] from the front, and remove the grip ring [3], clutch [4], and bearing [5] from the rear. F02-606-19 2-96 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 145 [2] toward the inside; then, de- tach the guide plate [3]. F02-606-20 4) Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the bearing [2] to detach the vertical path roller [3]. F02-606-21 2-97 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 146 4) Remove the E-ring [1] at the front of the roller shaft, and move the bearing [2] toward the inside; then, detach the vertical path roller 2 [3]. F02-606-24 2-98 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 147: Registration Feed Assembly

    [2]. F02-606-26 When mounting the registration clutch, be sure to hook the clutch stop [A] on the protru- sion [B] of the clutch cover. F02-606-27 2-99 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 148: Duplex Unit

    [1] (to loosen the tension of the belt [2]). 3) Disconnect the connector [4], and re- move the 2 screws [5]; then, detach the reversal motor [6]. F02-606-29 2-100 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 149 [1] (to loosen the tension of the belt [3]). 3) Disconnect the connector [4], and re- move the 2 screws [5]; then, detach the duplex right feed motor [6]. F02-606-31 2-101 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 150 When mount- F02-606-33 ing it, be sure the claw is not displaced or the sensor is not disoriented. 2-102 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 151: Others

    2) Remove the 2 stepped screws [1]. F02-606-34 3) Remove the fixing /feed unit [1] from the slide rail [2]. Be sure to work as a group of two. F02-606-35 2-103 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 152 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS Blank page 2-104 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 153: Fixing System

    Web locking roller Cleaning web unit Cleaning web Fixing upper roller Main thermistor (TH1) Sub thermistor (TH2) Separation claw Thermal switch (TP1) Inlet guide Fixing lower roller F02-701-01 2-105 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 154 Driven by web drive solenoid (SL2); for large-size paper (B4 or larger), goes ON twice; for small-size paper (smaller than B4), goes on once Inlet guide Fixed T02-701-01 2-106 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 155 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-107 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 156 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-108 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 157: Fixing Temperature Control

    198ºC 195ºC 190ºC Drops because of Both main and sub are turned passage of paper ON to return to 190ºC (200V) or 200ºC (208V/230V) fast. F02-703-01 2-109 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 158: Transparency Mode

    205ºC 200ºC 198ºC 193ºC Transparency temperature F02-704-01 COPIRE>OPTION>BODY>OHP-TEMP (changing the temperature settings for the transparency mode) 0: 198°C (default) 1: 193°C 2: 188°C 3: 183°C 2-110 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 159: Thick Paper Mode

    (setting the down sequence start temperature for thick paper mode) Setting 86 cpm 74 cpm Suspend Resume 194°C 193°C 183°C 198°C 189°C 188°C 178°C 193°C 184°C 183°C 173°C 188°C 2-111 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 160: Power Save Mode

    200ºC 195ºC 170ºC Returns to normal temperature control 25% save rate when Power Save key is turned OFF 105ºC 50% save rate F02-706-01 2-112 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 161: Detecting An Error

    ‘0’ when sub heater is powered When ‘1’, main heater ON J512A When ‘0’, AC relay cut · · · 24 V Relay PCB Relay OFF · · · F02-707-01 2-113 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 162: Down Sequence Control

    173°C 168°C 183°C Setting 2 173°C 168°C 163°C 178°C Select setting 0 if priority is on image quality; select setting 2 if priority is on speed. 2-114 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 163: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be user to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-115 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 164: Fixing Heater And The Control Parts

    4) Remove the 2 fastons [1] at the front, and remove the screw [2] to detach the heater positioning plate (front) [3]. F02-709-03 5) Remove the main/sub heater. 2-116 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 165 1) Remove the fixing assembly. 2) Remove the fixing web; then, remove the 2 screws [1] and the oil pan [2], and detach the fixing harness cover [3]. F02-709-05 2-117 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 166 • The thermal switch must be replaced as the thermal switch unit. • Do not use again the thermal switch wolse contact point become open. F02-709-08 2-118 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 167 F02-709-09 5) Remove the 2 thermistor retaining springs [1], and detach the main ther- mistor [2]. F02-709-10 2-119 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 168 The tie-wrap serves as a stopper by butting against the claw [2]. Check also to be sure that the main thermistor and the fixing roller are not away from each other. F02-709-11 2-120 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 169 4) Disconnect the connector [1] and re- move the screw [2]; then, detach the sub thermistor assembly [3]. F02-709-12 5) Remove the screw [1], and detach the sub thermistor [2]. F02-709-13 2-121 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 170: Fixing Roller Assembly

    6) Open the fixing upper unit [1]. When opened, the fixing upper unit becomes unstable. Be sure to use a screwdriver as shown to support it. F02-709-16 2-122 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 171 9) Remove the C-ring [1] at the front, and remove the gear [2], bushing [3], and bearing [4]. F02-709-19 2-123 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 172 Be sure that the longer cut- off A shown in F02-709-21 is toward the rear. c. When mounting, clean the electrode plate [1] and the electrode terminal [2]. F02-709-21 F02-709-22 2-124 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 173: Delivery Assembly

    [2] in the direction of the gear. F02-709-24 4) Remove the E-ring [1], and slide the bearing [2] toward the rear; then, detach the external delivery roller assembly [3]. F02-709-25 2-125 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 174 [4]; then, detach the drive gear [5]. F02-709-27 3) Remove the E-ring [1] and the bushing [2] at the rear of the shaft; then, detach the internal delivery roller [3]. F02-709-28 2-126 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 175 When detaching the delivery speed switching clutch, take care not to lose the bearings on both ends of the clutch shaft and the washer at the rear. F02-709-30 2-127 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 176: Paper Sensors

    [2]; then, detach the external sensor assembly [3]. F02-709-32 3) Disconnect the connector [1], and de- tach the external delivery sensor [2]. F02-709-33 2-128 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 177 2 screws [1]; then, detach the internal delivery sensor assembly [2]. F02-709-34 3) Disconnect the connector [1], and de- tach the internal delivery senor [2]. F02-709-35 2-129 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 178 [2]. F02-709-36 3) Disconnect the connector [1], and de- tach the fixing/feed outlet sensor [2]. F02-709-37 2-130 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 179 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-131 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 180: Fans

    [15] Delivery adhesion-preventing fan (FM17) [16] Scanner motor fan (FM18) [17] Duplex/feeding fan (FM19) [18] Separation heat discharge fan (FM20) [16] [18] [12] [13] [14] [10] [15] [17] [11] F02-802-01 2-132 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 181 330009 [18] FM20 separation heat dis- discharges heat from E805-0002 charge fan around separation assembly and to enhance separation performance T02-802-01 2-133 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 182: Sequence Of Fan Operation

    Separation fan (FM13) Developing fan (FM15) OFF/half-speed Delivery adhesion fan (FM17) Duplex/feeding fan (FM21) Separation heat discharge fan (FM19) Half-speed (t) → OFF :Full speed :Half-speed F02-803-01 2-134 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 183 Optical cooling fan (FM3) Stream reading fan (FM4) Inverter cooling fan (FM9) Power supply cooling fan 1/2 (FM11, FM12) : Full speed : Half speed F02-803-02 2-135 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 184: Disassembly/Assembly

    6. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 7. When sliding out the duplex feeder unit or the fixing assembly, be sure to turn off the front cover switch or the power switch. 2-136 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 185: External Covers

    [7] Original delivery tray (8.4.2.a) [8] Manual feed tray (6.6.1.a) [9] Lower vertical path cover [10] Toner cartridge cover (2 screws) [11] Front cover (8.4.1.b) [11] [10] F02-804-01-a 2-137 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 186 [18] Right lower cover (2 screws) [19] Upper vertical path cover (8.4.1.f) [20] Manual feed tray unit (6.6.1.a) [12] [21] Face plate cover [16] [21] [17] [20] [18] [19] F02-804-01-b 2-138 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 187 [26] Left lower cover (4 screws) [27] System connector cover (2 screws) [28] Rear cover (8.4.1.e) [29] Rear upper cover (2 screws) [24] [29] [28] [25] [26] [27] F02-804-02-a 2-139 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 188 [40] Drum protective sheet (after removing [39] waste toner cover) [41] Right deck [42] Cassette 4 [43] Cassette 3 [44] Left deck [40] [44] [43] [42] [41] F02-804-02-c 2-140 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 189 3) Remove the mounting screw [1], and detach the primary charging assembly cover [2]. 4) Shift down the fixing/feeding lever [3], and slide out the fixing/feeder unit [4]. F02-804-04 2-141 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 190 [1]; then, pushing the releasing lever link [3] found at the rear of the fixing/feeder unit, remove the re- leasing lever while keeping it shifted F02-804-06 2-142 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 191 [6]. F02-804-07 e. Removing the Rear Cover 1) Remove the 11 mounting screws [1], and detach the rear cover [2]. F02-804-08 2-143 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 192 3 screws [4]; then, detach the upper front cover unit [5]. F02-804-10 If the card reader is mounted, be sure to disconnect the connector [1]. F02-804-11 2-144 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 193: Control Panel

    8.4.2 Control Panel a. Removing the Control Panel Unit 1) Disconnect the connector [1]. F02-804-13a If for a 230V model, detach the ferrite core [2]. F02-804-13b 2-145 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 194 [2]. 5) Remove the double washer screw [3] and the flat-headed screw [4], and de- tach the control panel [5]. F02-804-15 2-146 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 195 [4]. When mounting, be sure to match the marking [7] of the control panel harness against the wire saddle at the rear. F02-804-17 2-147 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 196 11) Open the toner cartage [1], and remove the 3 RS tightening screws [2]; then, while paying attention to the claw [4], detach the upper right cover [3]. F02-804-19 2-148 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 197 [3], detach the lower arm [2]. F02-804-20 13) Open the 2 edge saddles [1], and pull out the control panel harness [3] from the lower arm [2]. F02-804-21 2-149 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 198 [2], and 2 spring washers [3]; then, detach the connector cover [4]. 4) Remove the 9 screws [5], and detach the control panel support unit [6]. F02-804-23 2-150 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 199 1) Remove the control panel support unit. 2) Disconnect the 3 connectors [1]. 3) Remove the 4 screws [2], and detach the control panel inverter PCB [3]. F02-804-25 2-151 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 200 1) Remove the LCD panel unit. 2) Remove the harness sheet [1]. 3) Remove the 10 screws [2], and detach the control panel PCB [3]. F02-804-28 2-152 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 201: Fans

    [2]; then, detach the fixing heat discharge fan [3]. When mounting the fan, be sure that the direction of air current is as indicated by the arrow. F02-804-30 2-153 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 202 2) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the stream read fan dust [2]. When mounting the fan, be sure that the direction of air current is as indicated by the arrow. F02-804-32 2-154 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 203 2) Remove the 2 screws [1], and discon- nect the connector; then, detach the la- ser driver cooling fan [3] together with the mounting base. F02-804-35 2-155 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 204 When removing the delivery speed switching clutch, take care not to lose the bearings and the washers (rear only) on both ends of the clutch shaft. F02-804-38 2-156 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 205 1) Remove the HV-DC PCB. (See 8.4.7.c.) 2) Remove the 2 screws [1], and discon- nect that connector [2]; then, detach the drum fan unit [3]. F02-804-40 2-157 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 206 1) Remove the rear cover. (See 8.4.1.e.) 2) Remove the rear upper cover. (2 screws) 3) Remove the screw [1], and detach the inverter cooling fan duct [2]. F02-804-42 2-158 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 207 1) Remove the process unit cover. (4 screws) 2) Remove the 2 screws [1], and discon- nect the 2 connectors [2]; then, detach the fan motor [3]. F02-804-45 2-159 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 208 1) Remove the left lower cover. (4 screw) 2) Remove the power supply unit. (See 8.4.7.a.) 3) Remove the 3 screws [1], and detach the fan mounting base [2]. F02-804-47 2-160 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 209 [2]; then, detach the power supply cooling fan 2 [3]. When mounting the fan, be sure that the direction of air current is as indicated by the arrow. F02-804-49 2-161 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 210 Removing the Developing Fan (FM15) 1) Remove the primary charging assembly. 2) Disconnect the connector [1], and re- move the 2 screws [2]; then, detach the fan unit [3]. F02-804-52 2-162 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 211 2 screws [2]; then, detach the system fan [3]. When mounting the fan, be sure that the direction of air current is as indicated by the arrow. F02-804-55 2-163 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 212 2) Disconnect the connector [1] on the ma- chine side. 3) Remove the 2 screws [2], and detach the scanner motor cooling fan unit [3]. F02-804-58 2-164 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 213 3) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the duplex feed fan [2]. When mounting the fan, be sure that the direction of air current is as indicated by the arrow. F02-804-61 2-165 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 214: Drive Assembly

    When removing the screw from the drum shaft gear, be sure to pay attention to the direction of gear rotation, i.e., turn it coun- terclockwise. F02-804-64 2-166 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 215 4) Remove the water toner case; then, re- move the 5 screws [1], and disconnect the 4 connectors [2] to detach the waste toner case base [3]. F02-804-65 2-167 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 216 [3] up to remove the 2 screws [4]; then, detach the waste toner pipe [1]. F02-804-66 6) Remove the screw [1], and detach the drum cleaner pipe cover [2]. F02-804-67 2-168 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 217 1) Remove the waste toner case base. 2) Remove the cassette pickup assembly (upper, lower). 3) Remove the 5 screws [1], and detach the cassette pickup drive assembly [2]. F02-804-69 2-169 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 218: Switches

    2) Remove the 3 screws [1], and detach the cover switch assembly [2]. F02-804-70 3) Disconnect the 3 connectors [1], and detach the cover switch assembly [2]. F02-804-71 2-170 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 219 PCB [3]. F02-804-73 4) Remove the screw [1], and disconnect the 2 connectors [2]; then, detach the manual feed tray switch assembly [3]. F02-804-74 2-171 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 220: Pcbs

    (3 “Image Processing System”) • control panel controller (CPU) PCB (8.4.2 “Control Panel”) • control panel inverter PCB (8.4.2 “Control Panel”) control panel PCB (8.4.2 “Control Panel”) 2-172 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 221 1) Remove the rear cover. (See 8.4.1.e.) 2) Disconnect all connectors of the PCB, and remove the 4 screws [1]; then, de- tach the DC controller PCB [2]. F02-804-76 2-173 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 222 7) Enter the values (4 types) indicated on the label attached to the new DC controller PCB in service mode. COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP>D-HV-DE COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>D-HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR>D-PRE-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-SP>D-HV-SP F02-804-77 8) Turn off and then on the main power switch. 2-174 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 223 [2]; then, detach the main controller box cover [3]. F02-804-79 4) Disconnect the main controller commu- nications cable [1] and the connector [2]. F02-804-80 2-175 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 224 1) Remove the rear cover. (See 8.4.1.) 2) Remove the main control box cover. 3) Remove the 3 screws [1], and detach the PCB base [2]. F02-804-82 2-176 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 225 2) Remove the differential PCB (8.4.6.c). 3) Remove the pixel/line conversion PCB (8.4.6). 4) Disconnect all connectors from the main controller PCB [1]. 5) Disconnect the connector [2]. F02-804-85 2-177 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 226 6) Remove the 4 screws [1], and open the main controller box [2]. F02-804-86 7) Remove the 3 screws [1], and detach the lower cover [2] for the main controller box. F02-804-87 2-178 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 227 • counter memory PCB [3] F02-804-89 3) Assemble the machine; then, connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch. 2-179 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 228 1) Remove the rear cover. (See 8.4.1.e.) 2) Disconnect the 2 connectors [1], and remove the 4 screws [2]; then, detach the HV-AC PCB [3]. [1] [3] F02-804-91 2-180 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 229 [3]. F02-804-92 3) Disconnect the 5 connectors [1], and remove the 4 screws [2]; then, detach the all-night power supply PCB [3]. F02-804-93 2-181 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 230 5) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the positioning pin [2]. 6) Remove the 5 screws [3], and detach the Bi-centronics PCB unit [4]. F02-804-96 2-182 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 231 1) Remove the left lower cover. (4 screws) 2) Disconnect the connector from the PCB; then, remove the screw [1], and detach the relay PCB [1] from the four PCB holders [2]. F02-804-99 2-183 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 232: Others

    3) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the cover plate [2]; them, remove the 2 screws [3], and detach the power supply unit [4]. F02-804-101 2-184 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 233 HV-AC PCB [3] together with the mounting base. F02-804-102 3) Disconnect the 3 connectors [1], and remove the screw [2]; then, detach the high-voltage transformer assembly (AC) [3]. F02-804-103 2-185 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 234 4) Enter the values (4 types) indicated on the label attached to the new HV-DC PCB in ser- vice mode. COPIA>ADJUST>DEVELOP>HVT-DE COPIA>ADJUST>HV-SP>HVT-SP COPIA>ADJUST>HV-TR>HVT-TR COPIA>ADJUST>HV-TR>H-PRE-TR F02-804-105 5) Turn off and then on the main power switch. 2-186 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 235: Side Paper Deck-N1

    (PS108) sensor Deck pickup/ feeding roller M102 Deck separation roller Deck lifter motor Deck lifter cable Deck lifter lower limit detecting switch (SW102) Lifter Paper F02-901-01 2-187 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 236 Deck feed clutch (CL101) F02-901-02 DC controller PCB (machine proper) J512 J228 Side deck paper PCB (side paper deck) PS106 CL101 M101 PS101 CL102 SL101 F02-901-03 2-188 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 237 CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 2-189 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 238: Optical Sensors

    CHAPTER 2 NEW FUNCTIONS 9.3 Optical Sensors For discussions on optical sensors, see “Pickup/Feeding System.” 2-190 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 239: Disassembly/Assembly

    5. As a rule, do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed. 6. If the deck is equipped with an anti-moisture heater, be sure to disconnect the power plug of the heater for safety. 2-191 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 240: Removing The Deck Pickup Sensor Unit

    F02-904-02 breaking the claw. When mount- ing it, be sure the claw is not displaced or the sensor is not disoriented. 2-192 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 241: Removing The Deck Feed Sensor Unit

    When mount- ing it, be sure the claw is not displaced or the sensor is not disoriented. F02-904-04 2-193 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 242: Chapter 3 Main Controller

    CHAPTER 3 MAIN CONTROLLER COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 243: Basic Operation

    The machine may be broadly divided into the following functional blocks (controller area in the shaded block): Reader unit Control panel Controller block Options boards Main controller PCB Printer unit F03-101-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 244: Outline Of The Electrical Circuitry

    • Storing the boot program T03-102-01 List of Functions 1.2.3 Hard Disk Drive Name Description • Storing system software • Storing image data for the box function T03-102-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 245 CHAPTER 3 MAIN CONTROLLER Reader unit Options boards Control (CPU) (DIMM-ROM) panel (CPU) (RAM) Main controller PCB Printer unit F03-102-01 Arrangement of Major PCBs COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 246: Start-Up Sequence

    Start-Up Screen Wait… Progress bar F03-103-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 247: Start-Up Sequence

    Main controller PCB Access to the program at time of execution F03-103-02 E601-0000, -0001 Indicates an error in image transfer data. E602-0001, -0002 Indicates a write/read error. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 248: Construction Of The System Software

    (for indication on the control panel LCD). To upgrade the machine, you will have to upgrade both the system modules and the lan- guage modules. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 249: Inputs/Outputs The Major Pcbs

    Differntial conversion J1014 J1451 The symbol in the diagram indicates the connection between major PCBs, not the direction of signals. F03-104-01 Connection Diagram of the Major PCBs COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 250: Digital Image Processing

    Compression/expansion, rotation, enlargement/reduction Image memory SDRAM control I/O control Printer PG Binary-binary density conversion Smoothing 4 or 2 Thickening 4 or 2 Printer unit F03-201-01 Block Diagram COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 251: Input Image Processing

    Specifically, the 8-bit image density signals of text, text photo, or print photo mode are converted into 1-bit image density sig- nals (binary). COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 252: Binary (Dither Screen Method)

    Binary images are processed for compression/expansion (for electronic sorting), rotation, or resolution conversion. 2.3.2 SDRAM The image data is temporarily stored as part of image memory control. 3-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 253: Output Image Processing

    1/2 pixels (1200 dpi) to the right of a vertical line. 2.4.3 Binary-Binary Conversion (read image output only) Binary-binary density conversion is used as an auxiliary means to correct density during copying operation. 3-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 254: Soft Counters

    *1: At time of shipment from the factory, B4 or smaller; to count B4 as large-size, use service mode. *2: Not counted; the machine is not equipped with fax functions. 3-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 255 *2: To change the contents of a counter or to enable/disable indication, use service mode. (This, however, does not apply to counter 1, whose data cannot be changed.) 3-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 256: Controlling The Power Supply

    According to the selected rate of saving, the control temperature of the fixing assembly for standby is lowered to reduce power consumption (140°C for 200V model; 198°C for 208V/230V model, for which no specifications are provided). 3-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 257: Low Power Mode

    • The control panel power switch (soft switch) is on. • PDL data has been received from the network (parallel port); in electrical terms, the control panel is off as in standby mode. 3-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 258: Off Mode

    To return from power OFF mode, the main power switch must be turned on, in response to which the machine will automatically enter standby mode. 3-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 259: Chapter 4 Installation

    CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 260: Selecting The Site

    5. Make sure that the feet of the machine will remain in contact with the floor, and the ma- chine will be kept level. 6. Make sure that the machine will be at least 10 cm away from any walls, allowing enough space for work. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 261 In general, the silicon gas (vapor of silicone oil from the fixing assembly) tends to soil the corona charging wire, reducing its life. This is particularly true of a low humidity environment.) Wrong 2 F04-100-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 262 120 cm min. 250 cm min. F04-100-03 Copier + Finisher + Side Paper Deck 10 cm min. 110 cm min. Copier 120 cm min. 310 cm min. F04-100-04 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 263: Unpacking And Installation

    5. Be sure to remove the accessories (side paper deck, finisher, paper fold- ing unit) when moving the machine into or out of the site of installation to prevent damage. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 264: Attachments

    Q. Copier Manual ....... 1 pc. k. Flat-head screw (M4x10) ....1 pc. R. Box Guide ........1 pc. m. iR105 Installation Procedure ..1 pc. S. QR sheet (200V model only) ..1 pc. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000...
  • Page 265: Unpacking

    [2] at the rear. F04-202-02 Remove the grip [1] from the box that comes with the machine. F04-202-03 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 266 (front, rear) of the copier, lift the machine slightly, and remove the pad [1]. At this time, move the plastic bag [2] toward the pad side. F04-202-05 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 267 [1] at the same time. F04-202-06 Shift up the 2 adjusters (front) [1] found on the bottom of the copier, and check to make sure that they are unlocked. F04-202-07 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 268 For the cardboard box that comes with the machine, take out the parts and the attachments. Check to make sure that none of the foregoing items is missing. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 269 If condensation is found on the outside or inside of the copier, stop the work immediately, and wait until it becomes fully used to the room tem- perature. If no condensation is found, continue the work. 4-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 270: Mounting The Scanner

    Slide the scanner fixing [2] to the front to detach. (Store away the fixing, as you will need it to secure the scanner when relocating the machine.) F04-203-01 4-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 271: Installing The Fixing Assembly

    [3] in place. F04-204-01 Shift the fixing/feeding assembly releasing lever [1] in the direction of the arrow (left) to release the transfer/ separation charging assembly. F04-204-02 4-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 272 [1], and remove the two screws [2] from the front and the rear (fixing nip release). Close the fixing/feeding unit top [1]. F04-204-05 4-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 273: Mounting The Charging Assemblies

    Remove the screw [1], and detach the transfer/separation charging assembly front cover [2]. F04-205-01 Remove the fixing [1] (1 screw [2]), and disconnect the connector [3]. F04-205-02 4-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 274 • The ground plate [2] is found outside the charging assembly [3] frame as shown. F04-205-04 F04-205-05 Connect the connector of the transfer/ separation charging assembly, and fit the fixing. 4-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 275 [3]. Using alcohol, clean the primary charging wire and grid wire. Do not mount it until the solvent is fully dry. Wait REF. until later. F04-205-08 4-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 276 F04-205-10 With the lock released, fit the primary charging assembly, and connect the connector. Check to make sure that the solvent is fully dry. 4-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 277 [2]. F04-205-11 Mount the primary charging assembly cover and the pre-transfer charging assembly cover with a screw (1 pc. each). Close the front cover. 4-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 278: Checking The Developing Assembly

    F04-206-02 Connect the 2 connectors [1]. F04-206-03 4-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 279 F04-206-04 Fit the previously removed screw to the door tape of the manual feed tray cover. (Keep the manual tray cover open.) 4-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 280: Mounting The Pickup Assembly

    Close the upper vertical path cover [2] and the lower vertical path cover [3]. Fit the front deck (right) and the cassette 3/4 back in. F04-207-02 4-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 281 (left), and slide it to the front. Secure the deck locking plate [1] to the front deck (left) with an RS tightening screw [2] (M4x10; white). Close the front deck (left). F04-207-03 4-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 282: Mounting The Control Panel

    [3] through the lower arm. At this time, keep the control panel harness routed to the connector side so that it will not be slack. Close the 2 edge saddles. F04-208-02 4-23 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 283 At this time, check to make sure that the 3 claws [3] inside are fully engaged and the over is firmly in contact. Close the toner cartridge cover [4]. F04-208-04 4-24 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 284 Hook the claw [1] of the upper arm [2] on the hole in the lower arm, and temporarily fix the upper arm in place with 4 binding screws [3] (M4x14). F04-208-06 4-25 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 285 (thicker side) is at the bottom. The harness clip [1] will separate into two during the work. Continue the work, as it will not affect its function. F04-208-08 4-26 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 286 [2] (M4x10) and a W sems screw [3] (M4x12). Mount the rear support cover [4] with a binding screw [5]. F04-208-10 4-27 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 287 Connect the connector [1] of the control panel harness to the control panel unit. F04-208-12 If for a 230V model, fit a ferrite core [1] to the control panel harness. F04-208-13 4-28 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 288: Supplying The Toner

    CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION 2.9 Supplying the Toner Work Checks/remarks Take out the toner cartridge [1] for the packaging box. F04-209-01 Remove the fixing tape [1]. F04-209-02 4-29 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 289 Be sure to insert the toner cartridge so that the marking [3] on it matches the marking [4] on the copier. F04-209-04 F04-209-03 Close the hoper cover. 4-30 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 290: Mounting The Adf

    Remove the face plate for the ADF connector from the copier. Fit the ADF connector [1] into the socket found at the back of the copier. F04-210-01 4-31 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 291: Cassette

    Hole with marking A [3]: STMT-R Hole with marking H [4]: LTR-R F04-211-01 4-32 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 292: Index Paper Attachment

    [4] indicated in the figure. Place the index paper attachment [5] over the attachment sheet. Fit the base sheet [6] in the cassette. F04-212-01 Slid out the cassette. 4-33 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 293: Images/Operations, And User Mode

    Put paper in the right/left deck. Slide in the right /left deck, and attach the deck size labels [1] to the paper size plate of the deck. F04-213-02 4-34 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 294 F04-213-04 Push in the cassettes into the copier. FL cassette/W1 set Attach the universal cassette label [1] to the cassette to suit the user’s needs. F04-213-05 4-35 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 295 ↓ Preset the Start key twice to generate 2 solid black copies (A3). ↓ At the end, press the Reset key twice to end service mode. 4-36 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 296 If you are installing accessories, do so by For the Card Reader-D1, see 4.1 “Installing the referring to the Installation Procedure that Card Reader-D1.” comes with each accessory. Fill out the Service Sheet. 4-37 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 297: Changing The Paper Size For The Front Deck (Right, Left)

    [2], and secure the guide plate [2] to the desired position. F04-214-02 Put paper in the deck. Slide the deck inside the copier. 4-38 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 298 Right deck : COPIER>OPTION>CST>P-SZ-C1 size of the front deck. Left deck : COPIER>OPTION>CST>P-SZ-C2 A4=6 (200V model default), B5=15, LTR=18 Thereafter, turn off and then on the main power switch. 4-39 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 299: Relocating The Machine

    C. Be sure to remove the accessories (side paper deck, finisher) when mov- ing the copier into or out of the user’s place. 4-40 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 300: Installing The Card Reader-D1

    Turn off the main power switch of the copier, and disconnect the power plug. Open the front cover. Remove the screw [1], and detach the primary charging assembly front cover [2]. F04-401-01 4-41 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 301 (You will need the screw and the washer later.) F04-401-02 Push in the face plate [1] lightly, and take out the card reader base assembly [2] from below. F04-401-03 4-42 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 302 [5] and the grounding wire [6] under the card reader as indicated.) Route the harness through the edge saddle [7]. F04-401-05 4-43 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 303 Push the harness into the copier, and fit in the card reader assembly [2]. F04-401-08 4-44 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 304 [1] with a screw [2]. F04-401-10 Close the front cover. Connect the power plug of the copier, and turn on the main power switch. 4-45 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 305: Ne Controller-B1/Copy Data Controller-A1

    5.1 Installing the NE Controller-A1/NE Controller-B1/Copy Data Controller-A1 Here, the instructions are limited to installation to an iR105. For how to make various settings, checks to make, and points to note, see the Installa- tion Procedure that comes with a specific controller.
  • Page 306 Connect the connector J525 [1] of the host machine with the cable [3] of the controller. F04-501-02 Mount the controller [2] with 4 screws [1]. F04-501-03 4-47 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 307 [1]. F04-501-04 Connect the connector J525 [1] of the host machine and the cable [3] of the controller. F04-501-05 4-48 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 308 Mount the controller [2] using 4 screws. At this time, be sure to tighten the other terminal [3] of the grounding wire using the right lower screw. F04-501-06 4-49 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 309: Chapter 5 Maintenance And Inspection

    CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 310: Periodically Replaced Parts

    Some parts of the machine must be replaced on a periodical basis to ensure a specific level of product performance; once they fail, the consequences will be appreciable. If possible, plan the replacement to coincide with a scheduled visit. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 311 * After servicing the charging assembly, be sure to mount it back while moving the cleaning holder toward the front. T05-100-01 Transfer/separation charging assembly Primary charging assembly Pre-transfer charging assembly Sub thermistor Thermistor Primary grid wire [5] Thermal switch unit F05-100-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 312: Guide To Replacement Of Durables

    2 humidity, every 250,000 pages. Transfer charging wire FF5-6883 500,000 cleaner 1 Transfer charging wire FF5-6884 500,000 cleaner 2 Separation charging wire FF5-7891 500,000 cleaner T05-201-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 313 (2 pc. each). Number may be checked in service mode*: left deck: LD-FD-RL right deck: RD-FD-RL cassette 3: C3-FD-RL cassette 4: C4-FD-RL * COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1. T05-201-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 314 (manual feed tray) pages processed. May be checked in service mode*: M-SP-RL Cleaner side scraper (font) FB5-6868 1,000,000 Cleaner side scarper (rear) FB5-6869 1,000,000 * COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1. T05-201-03 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 315 [25] [26] [24] [25] [24] [26] [24] F05-201-01 [12] [11] [10] [13] [10] [14] [15] [18] [16] [20] [19] [22] [20] [19] [17] [22] [23] [21] F05-201-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 316: Side Paper Deck

    Roller be checked in service mode.* PD-FD-RL Side Paper Deck Separation FB5-6586 500,000 Actual number may Roller be checked in service mode.* PD-SP-RL * COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2. T05-202-01 F05-202-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 317: Scheduled Service Chart

    • Charging wire (primary, pre- per, and clean with alcohol. transfer, transfer/separation) • Grid wire (primary charging assembly) • Shielding plate (charging as- sembly) • Roller electrode T05-300-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 318 Cleaning the charging wire. b. Replacing the charging wire. c. Moving the charging wire cleaner by hand. d. Replacing the charging wire cleaner. Correct Wrong F05-300-01 F05-300-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 319 • Separation claw (upper, lower) • Feed rollers • Inlet guide • Web (check) • Web oil receptacle • Thermistor • Sub thermistor • Thermal switch T05-300-02 5-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 320 20 Fill out the Service Book, and Be user to describe the check report to the person in charge. on the leakage breaker in the Service Book. T05-300-03 5-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 321: Scheduled Service Items

    Use silicone oil S-20 (FY9-6011) Optical No. 1 to No. 3 mir- system rors Dust-proof glass Reflecting plate Standard white plate Pre-transfer expo- sure LED T05-401-01 5-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 322 Cleaner Side scraper For instructions, see 4.2>4.2.1 work 1. Toner receptacle For instructions, see (rear/front) 4.2>4.2.1 work 1. Magnet roller For instructions, see 4.2>4.2.2>work 2. T05-401-02 5-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 323 Pickup/ Transfer guide feeding Registration roller assembly (upper, lower) Feeding belt Feeding rollers Duplex Duplex horizontal assembly registration sensor Duplex roller T05-401-03 5-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 324 Ozone filter for FM2 Dust-proof filter for upper front cover Dust-proof filter for FM1 Dust-proof filter for FM10 Dust-proof filter for front cover Dust-proof filter for FM3 F05-401-01 5-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 325: Scheduled Service Work

    [2] at the front, move the build-up of waste toner with a piece of paper [3] or the like toward the feedscrew rear. F05-402-01 5-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 326 [3]. 7) Remove the front toner receptacle, and remove the toner from the front toner receptacle [4]. F05-402-03 5-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 327 [3]. 9) Remove the rear toner receptacle, and remove the toner from the rear toner re- ceptacle [4]. F05-402-04 5-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 328: Work 2

    3) Moisten lint-free paper [1] with 5 to 10 cc of alcohol [2], and collect 0.2 to 0.3 CK-0429 g of drum cleaning powder (CK-0429) [3] with the lint-free paper. F05-402-05 5-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 329 (5 to 10 cm). Repeat steps 3) to 5) until the entire surface of the drum has been cleaned. 7) Remove the cleaning blade assembly. 5-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 330 [8]. When butting the blade, be sure to force it so that there is no gap. F05-402-08 5-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 331 If it is not corrected after tightening the screws once Blade vibrating unit again, replace the cleaning Blade back plate blade. F05-402-10 5-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 332: Chapter 6 Troubleshooting

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 333: Guide To The Troubleshooting Tables

    To find out checks to make and actions to take for a specific problem, make the check indicated under “Checks” and answer the question in terms of “YES” or “NO”; if yes, take the action indicated, otherwise, go to the next step. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 334 In the case of the example, you are expected to connect the positive probe to J109-1 and the negative probe to J109-2. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 335: Image Adjustment Basic Procedure

    Go to 1.1.2 to make checks on the printer side (1/2). If only copy images have a fault, Go to 1.1.3 to make checks on the scanner side. F06-101-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 336: Making Checks On The Printer Side (1/2)

    Moving the wire from the photosensitive drum causes the images ADJUST>V-CONT>VD-OFST, ADJUST>V-CONT>VL-OFST: to be darker; while moving it closer causes the images to be Lighter images Darker images lighter. Default VD-OFST VL-OFST F06-101-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 337: Making Checks On The Printer Side (2/2)

    1. Laser output <VL1M> between 50 2. Potential control and 90? system Decrease the value of the following in service mode: ADJUST>DEVELOP>DE-OFST. A lower value makes images lighter. F06-101-03 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 338: Making Checks On The Scanner Side

    Make a copy of the A3 Chart in text/photo mode. Does the density of gray scale No. 8 (halftone) change? Go to “Checking Halftone Density” on the printer side. F06-101-04 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 339 Pickup paper Vertical path roller Alcohol and lint-free Cleaning roller, Registration paper roller Note 1: Be sure not to leave any droplets of water. F06-101-05 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 340 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 341: Standards And Adjustments

    The value is used to center the image position on the photosensitive drum. Changing the value can cause deformation at the edge of an image. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 342 Generate output of the following to check the image trailing edge margin: COPIER>TEST>PG5. Standard: 2.5 ±1.5 mm Adjustment: COPIER>ADJUST>BLANK>BLANK-B • A higher value increases the margin. • A lower value decreases the margin. 2.5mm 1.5mm F06-201-03 6-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 343 Front Deck (left, right) 1) Slide out the deck, and loosen the 4 screws [2] and the 2 fixing screws [3] of the cassette front cover [1]. F06-201-05 6-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 344 (front) [4] to the front or the rear to make adjustments. F06-201-06 Cassette (3/4) 1) Slide out the cassette, and remove the 2 screws [2] for the cassette front cover [1]. F06-201-07 6-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 345 If you have adjusted the cassette 3 or cassette 4, be sure to execute the fol- lowing: • If you have replaced the cassette 3, COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C3-STMTR COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C3-A4R • If you have replaced the cassette 4, COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C4-STMTR COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C4-A4R 6-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 346: Adjusting The Image Position Of Copier Output (Book Mode)

    Standard: 2.5 ±1.5 mm Adjustment: COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY>ADJ-Y • A higher value increases the margin. • A lower value decreases the margin. 2.5 ±1.5mm F06-201-10 6-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 347 Place the NA3 Test Chart on the copyboard glass, and make a double-sided copy to check the front non-image width of the 2nd side image. Standard: 2.5 ±1.5 mm 2.5mm 1.5mm F06-201-12 6-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 348 [1] of the deck open solenoid using the 2 screws [2]. (At this time, use the index [3] on the latch plate as a reference.) F06-201-14 6-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 349: Adjusting The Image Position Of Copier Output (Adf Mode)

    Place an A3 size test chart in the ADF original tray, and make a copy to check the image front non-image width. Standard: 2.5 ±1.5 mm Adjustment: Adjust the ADF original tray fixing position. 2.5 ±1.5mm F06-201-16 6-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 350: Scanning System

    See 2.9.4.g. “When Replacing the Standard White Plate” in Chapter 2. 2.2.4 When Replacing the Scanning Lamp See 2.9.1.c. “When Replacing the Scanning Lamp” in Chapter 2. 6-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 351: Image Formation System

    2.3.2 Stringing the Charging Wire of the Charging Assemblies See 5.8.3.c “Stringing the Charging Wire” in Chapter 2. 2.3.3 Mounting the Drum Cleaning Blade See 4.2.2 “Work 2” in Chapter 5. 6-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 352: Pickup/Feeding System

    [6] on the collar (silver-colored) are toward the rear of the machine. (direction of rotation) (rear of machine) Collar (silver-colored) F06-204-02 6-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 353: Orientation Of The Deck/Cassette Separation Roller

    [2] is to the front of the machine. When mounting the feeding roller [3] to the feeding roller shaft [4], be sure that the round marking [5] is toward the front of the machine. (front) F06-204-04 6-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 354: Orientation Of The Pickup Roller Of The Manual Feed Tray/Side Paper Deck

    [5] on the side of the roller and the round marking [6] on the collar (gold-colored) are toward the rear of the machine. (direction of rotation) (rear of machine) Collar (gold-colored) [4] Pickup roller [5] Marking (roller) [6] Marking (collar) F06-204-06 6-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 355: Orientation Of The Feeding Roller Of The Manual Feed Tray

    [3] to the feeding roller shaft [4], be sure that the round marking [5] is toward the rear of the machine. (front of machine) F06-204-08 6-23 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 356: Adjusting The Pressure Of The Deck/Cassette Separation Roller

    • If pickup failure occurs, move the hook of the spring in the direction of A. [1] Feeding roller [2] Separation roller [3] Locking lever [4] Pressure spring F06-204-09 6-24 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 357: Adjusting The Pressure Of The Pickup/Feeding Roller Of The Manual Feed Tray

    • If double feeding occurs, move the hook of the spring in the direction of arrow A. • If pickup failure occurs, move the hook of the spring in the direction of B. F06-204-10 6-25 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 358: Locations Of The Solenoid

    No adjustment required SL 4 Solenoid SL11 (SL 4) SL 6 Solenoid SL10 (SL 6) 0.4±0.2mm 10.5±0.5mm SL 9 / 10 SL 8 SL 7 F06-204-11 6-26 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 359: Location Of The Fixing Web Solenoid (Sl2)

    If the Fixing Web Is New Use the position of the solenoid [1] using the screw [2] so that the travel of the drive lever is 8.2 mm. 8.2mm F06-204-12 6-27 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 360 [1] is ON. After replacing the solenoid, make adjustments using the screw [2] so that the po- sition of the drive lever is the same (when the solenoid is ON). F06-204-13 6-28 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 361: Position Of The Delivery Flapper Solenoid (Sl3)

    Use the screw [2] to adjust the position of the solenoid [1] so that the drive lever is fully pushed when the solenoid is ON (i.e., when the steel core is drawn). Fully pushed. F06-204-14 6-29 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 362: Position The Fixing/Feeder Unit Locking Solenoid (Sl4)

    Use the screw [3] to adjust the position of the solenoid [1] so that the locking lever [2] is 10.5 ±0.5 mm away from the frame when the solenoid is ON (i.e., when the steel core is drawn). F06-204-15 6-30 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 363: Position Of The Multifeeder Latch Solenoid (Sl6)

    Slide the solenoid in the direction of A so that the gap between the shutter [1] and the shutter plate [2] is 0.4 ±0.2 mm when the solenoid is drawn. F06-204-16 F06-204-17 6-31 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 364: Position Of The Deck (Right) Pickup Solenoid (Sl7)

    (After adjustment, make sure that the distance between the paper face and the A roller is 2.5 ±0.5 mm when the A roller is in UP position.) View from A F06-204-18 6-32 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 365: Position Of The Deck (Left) Pickup Solenoid (Sl8)

    A roller is 2.5 ±0.5 mm when the A roller is in UP position.) View from A F06-204-19 6-33 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 366: Pickup Solenoid (Sl9/10)

    (After adjustment, make sure that the distance between the paper face and the A roller is 2.5 ±0.5 mm when the A roller is in UP position.) View from A F06-204-20 6-34 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 367: Position Of The Side Paper Deck Pickup Roller Releasing Solenoid

    Butt the rack plate [1] of the manual feed tray against section A (open state). Move the slide volume [2] in the direction of B, and fit the timing belt [3] to the pulley [4]. F06-204-22 6-35 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 368: Fitting The Drive Belt

    Fit the drive belt to the pulleys and rollers as follows: Developing/waste toner drive belt Main motor Pickup motor Main drive belt Pickup drive belt F06-204-23 6-36 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 369: Fixing System

    If you must loosen it, be sure to adjust the position of the inlet guide afterward by referring to the index on the fixing assembly. 6-37 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 370: Adjusting The Lower Roller Pressure (Nip)

    2) Make the following selections in service mode to generate output: COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING>NIP-CHK. The A3 paper will be picked up, and a copy like the one shown in F06-205-02 will be de- livered. 6-38 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 371: Laser Exposure System

    3) Remove the copyboard glass. 4) Open the laser power checker slot cover [1]. F06-206-01 5) Shift the switch of the laser power checker (FY9-40008) to ‘2’. 6-39 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 372 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6) White orienting the laser power checker so that its light-receiving face [1] is as shown, fit it in. F06-206-02 6-40 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 373 13) Check to see that the reading of the digital multimeter is 9 to 11 mV, indicating that the power of the laser B is correct. 6-41 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 374: Electrical Parts-Related Items

    See 8.4.7.d. “When Replacing the HV-DC PCB” in Chapter 2. 2.7.9 When Replacing the Laser Unit See 4.3.1.b. “When Replacing the Laser Unit” in Chapter 2. 6-42 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 375: When Replacing The Potential Sensor/Potential Control Pcb

    4) Remove the developing assembly, and slide out the process unit. 5) Disconnect the connector [1] of the potential sensor. F06-207-01 6-43 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 376 6) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the potential sensor support plate [2]. F06-207-02 7) Put back the developing assembly and the process unit. 8) Connect the connector [1] of the potential sensor. F06-207-03 6-44 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 377 When fitting the checker electrode to the potential sensor, make sure that the magnet of the checker electrode will not come into contact with the po- tential sensor cover. 6-45 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 378 17) Detach the potential sensor checker electrode. 18) Put back the potential sensor support plate. 19) Connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch. 6-46 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 379: Checking The Surface Potential Control System

    DC controller PCB. In non-auto control mode, if the fault is corrected somewhat, you may suspect the poten- tial measurement unit or the DC controller PCB. 6-47 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 380 2) Short the connectors J522-1 and -2 on the DC controller PCB with a jumper wire, and disconnect the connector J3 of the potential control PCB. Connector (J3) J522 F06-207-06 6-48 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 381 1) Turn off the power switch. 2) Remove the developing assembly, and slide out the process unit. 3) Disconnect the connector [1] of the potential sensor. F06-207-07 6-49 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 382 4) Remove the 2 screws [1], and detach the potential sensor support plate [2]. F06-207-08 5) Put back the developing assembly and the process unit. 6) Connect the connector [1] of the potential sensor. F06-207-09 6-50 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 383 8) Connect the cable [1] of the potential sensor checker electrode to the frame (GND) [2] of the machine. Never bring the clip into contact with the sensor cover. Be sure to keep it fully away from the sensor window. F06-207-11 6-51 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 384 12) Turn off the power switch. 13) Remove the potential sensor checker electrode. 14) Mount the potential sensor support plate. 15) Turn on the power switch. 6-52 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 385: Potential Control System Conversion Table

    +165 4.70 1260 -138 +170 4.75 1250 -142 +175 4.80 1240 -146 +180 4.85 1230 -150 +185 4.90 1220 -154 +190 4.95 1210 -158 +195 T06-208-01 6-53 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 386 +370 6.75 +141 -304 +375 6.80 +143 -308 +380 6.85 +145 -312 +385 6.90 +147 -316 +390 6.95 +149 -320 +395 7.00 +150 -325 +400 T06-208-02 6-54 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 387 +575 8.80 +218 -471 +580 8.85 +220 -475 +585 8.90 +222 -479 +590 8.95 +224 -483 +595 9.00 +225 -487 +600 9.05 +227 -491 +605 T06-208-03 6-55 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 388 +770 10.75 +291 -629 +775 10.80 +293 -633 +780 10.85 +295 -637 +785 10.90 +297 -641 +790 10.95 +299 -645 +795 11.00 +300 -650 +800 T06-208-04 6-56 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 389: Checking The Environment Sensor

    9) Put back all covers. The environment sensor jig (FY9-301) is precisely adjusted at the factory. Be sure to keep it in an air-tight case with a drying agent. 6-57 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 390: Checking The Photointerrupters

    1) Start service mode (CPEOR>I/O), and check the corresponding address. Take full care. The sensor goes on and off, at times causing the motors and the like to operate. 6-58 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 391 PS14 J519-B12 Put paper over the detect- Paper is put. Pre-confluence P002-3 ing lever assembly of Paper is not put. sensor PS14 in standby. T06-210-01 6-59 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 392 Move the detecting lever The light-detecting plate Left deck lifter P004-1 by hand in standby. is at PS31. sensor The light-blocking plate is not at PS31. T06-210-02 6-60 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 393 Move the detecting lever The light-blocking plate Cassette 4 P005-7 by hand in standby. is at PS45. open/closed The light-blocking plate sensor is not at PS45. T06-210-03 6-61 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 394 Move the detecting lever The light-blocking plate Right upper P005-8 by hand in standby. is at PS58. cover open/ The light-blocking plate closed sensor is not at PS58. T06-210-04 6-62 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 395 PS59 PS61 J519-B11 Put paper over the detect- Paper is put. Duplex output P002-2 ing assembly of PS61 in Paper is removed. sensor standby. T06-210-05 6-63 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 396: Checking The Optical Sensors

    Paper is not at PS46. paper sensor PS60 J503-B8 Put paper over PS60 in Paper is at PS60. Image write P002-5 standby. Paper is not at PS60. start sensor T06-211-01 6-64 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 397: Troubleshooting Image Faults

    “foggy.” REF. if the original is prepared in pencil, copies can be mistaken as being “too light.” 6-65 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 398: Checking The Copyboard Cover, Copyboard Glass, And Standard White Plate

    ‘2’: COPIER>OPTION>BODY. 3.1.6 Checking the Paper a. Check to see if the paper is a type recommended by Canon. b. Check to see if the paper is moist. Try paper fresh out of package. 3.1.7 Checking the Periodically Replaced Parts Check with the Periodical Servicing Chart and the Periodically Replaced Parts Table, and replace those parts that have reached the end of their lives.
  • Page 399: Others

    If the density is uneven (different between front and rear) or the image is too light or is foggy, perform the “Image Adjustment Basic Procedure” in advance. 6-67 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 400 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING Blank page 6-68 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 401 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6-69 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 402: Sample Faulty Images

    Note: These samples have been prepared artificially. They may appear somewhat different from actual faulty images because they have been generated using A3 copies made of the NA3 Test Sheet and reducing them to about 19%. 6-70 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 403: Troubleshooting Image Faults

    5) Is the setting of the following in service mode too low: COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>DEN>ADJ? YES: Set it to ‘5’. 6) Check to see if the slide switch (SW101) of the HV-DC PCB is in UP position. 6-71 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 404: The Output Is Too Light (Solid Black Area)

    YES: Check to find out if the transfer guide is in contact with a metal portion (e.g., side plate of the feeding assembly). DC controller PCB Check the high-voltage transformer (HVT) and the DC controller PCB. 6-72 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 405 YES: Check the developing bias control system. 10) Check to see that the slide switch (SW101) of the HV-DC PCB is in UP position. 6-73 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 406: The Output Has Uneven Density (Darker At The Front)

    YES: [1] Clean all charging wires once again, and check the position of each once again. [2] Try replacing the copy paper. [3] Check the nip of the fixing roller. 6-74 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 407: The Output Is Foggy (Overall)

    COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT>DE-OFT, OHP-OFST? YES: Try decreasing the setting. Developing cylinder speed control 9) Is the setting of the following in service mode ‘2’: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>DEVL-SLOW? Set it to ‘2’. 6-75 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 408: The Output Has Vertical Fogging

    [2] Check to make sure that the front fixing plate of the develop- ing magnet is secured in place. YES: [1] Remove the drum cleaning blade, and check the edge. [2] Check the drum cleaner unit. 6-76 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 409: The Output Has Black Lines (Vertical, Fine)

    YES: Replace the photosensitive drum. If a scratch is found, be sure to find out its cause. Check the developing system. 6-77 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 410: The Output Has White Spots (Vertical)

    Is the image normal? YES: The cause is after the fixing system. Perform the following: [1] Check the fixing upper roller for offset. 6-78 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 411 [2] Vary the setting for the following in service mode: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FUZZY. Charging wire cleaner 8) Is the charging wire cleaning pad stopped midway? YES: Execute wire pad cleaning in user mode (‘adjust/clean’). 6-79 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 412: The Output Has White Spots (Horizontal)

    5) Clean the charging wire. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. 6) Is there a scratch on the surface of the photosensitive drum? Clean the charging assemblies. YES: Replace the photosensitive drum. 6-80 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 413: The Back Of The Output Is Soiled

    Fixing assembly 3) Does the problem occur in vertical direction? YES: Check the fixing assembly for scratches and dirt. Check the nip of the fixing roller. 6-81 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 414: The Output Has A Displaced Leading Edge (Considerably Large Margin)

    3) Make adjustments in the following service mode: COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REGIST. Is the problem cor- rected? [1] Check the registration roller for deformation and wear. [2] Check the registration roller drive system. YES: End. 6-82 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 415: The Output Is Blurred

    Drum drive system 6) Does the problem occur at intervals of about 10 mm? YES: [1] Check the cleaner assembly. [2] Check the drum drive system. 6-83 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 416: The Output Has Horizontal Fogging

    3) Clean the scanning lamp, reflecting plate, mirrors, lens, and dust- proofing glass. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Photosensitive Drum, Lens drive assembly 4) Try replacing the photosensitive drum. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. 6-84 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 417: The Output Is Solid Blank

    Connect them firmly (so that they are locked in place). YES: Replace the drum unit. Developing bias connector 8) Is the developing bias connector (machine rear) connected? Connect tit. 6-85 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 418: The Output Is Solid Black

    5) Does the problem occur only in copy images? [1] Replace the reader controller PCB. [2] Replace the DC controller PCB. YES: Replace the CCD unit. 6-86 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 419: Troubleshooting Malfunctions

    Heater (open circuit), AC driver (triac; faulty) 3) Is the electrical continuity of each heater normal? Replace the heater. YES: Check the wiring; if normal, replace the AC driver PCB. 6-87 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 420: E001

    YES: Replace the AC driver PCB. Thermistor (TH1/TH2; faulty), DC controller PCB 2) Try replacing the thermistor. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-88 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 421: E002

    4.1.5 E004 AC driver pcb, DC controller PCB 1) Try replacing the AC driver PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-89 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 422: E005

    4) Does the voltage between J514-B5 (+) and J514-B3 (-) on the DC controller PCB change from 0 to about 5 V when the Start key is pressed? Replace the DC controller PCB. YES: Replace the main motor. 6-90 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 423: E012

    2) Make the following selections in service mode: COPIER>I/O>DC- CON. Is bit 6 of P003 ‘0’, indicating clogging with toner? YES: Replace the MSW2. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-91 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 424: E014

    3) Does the voltage between J513-A3 (+) and J513-A1 (-) on the DC controller PCB change from 0 5o about 5 V when the Start key is pressed? Replace the DC controller PCB. YES: Replace the pickup motor. 6-92 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 425: E019

    Check the connection; if normal, replace the motor. YES: Check the following: magnet roller inside the hopper for rotation clogging of toner between and inside the hopper and the de- veloping assembly 6-93 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 426: E025

    2) Try replacing the deck main motor (M101) of the side paper deck. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Check the harness from the DC controller PCB to the motor; if normal, replace the DC controller PCB. 6-94 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 427: E051

    Correct the mounting. Stackless feed driver PCB, DC controller PCB 4) Try replacing the stackless drive PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: end. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-95 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 428: E065

    5) Is the wiring from the HV-DC PCB to the primary charging assem- bly normal? Correct the wiring. YES: Replace the HV-DC PCB. J730 T601 J723 F06-401-01 6-96 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 429: E067

    Is E067 indicated? Replace the HV-AC PCB, and connector the connector J722. YES: Replace the HV-DC PCB, and connect the connector J722. J730 J721 J722 J723 F06-401-02 6-97 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 430: E068

    HV-AC PCB, and execute copying. Is E068 indicated? (See F06- 401-04.) Clean the separation charging assembly. If E068 still is indicated when executing copying, replace the separation charging assembly. 6-98 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 431 Clean the pre-transfer charging assembly. If E068 is still indicated when copying is executed, replace the pre-transfer charging assem- bly. YES: Replace the HV-AC PCB. J730 J741 J742 T1-S T1-Q J734 J722 J723 F06-401-03 F06-401-04 6-99 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 432: E069

    Correct the wiring. HV-DC PCB, Transfer/separation charging assembly 4) Try replacing the transfer/separation charging assembly. Replace the transfer/separation charging assembly. YES: End. J730 T701 J723 F06-401-05 6-100 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 433: E100

    Connect it firmly. Laser scanner unit, DC controller PCB 3) Try replacing the laser scanner unit. Is the problem corrected? End. YES: Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-101 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 434: E111

    Scanner cooling fan (FM3), Reader controller PCB 3) Try replacing the scanner cooling fan (FM3). Is the problem cor- rected? End. YES: Replace the reader controller PCB. 6-102 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 435: E121-0002

    YES: Check the wiring from the reader controller PCB to PS1; if normal, replace PS1. Replace the reader controller PCB. 6-103 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 436: E204 (The Keys In The Control Panel Are Locked.)

    Fluorescent lamp, Reader controller PCB 3) Try replacing the fluorescent lamp. YES: End. Replace the reader controller PCB. 4) Is J1702 on the relay PCB connected correctly? Connect it correctly. 6-104 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 437: E219

    YES: Replace the reader controller PCB. 4.1.36 E240 DC controller PCB 1) Turn off and then on the power switch. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-105 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 438: E241

    Inverter cooling fan (FM9), Reader controller PCB 3) Try replacing the inverter cooling fan (FM9). Is the problem cor- rected? End. YES: Replace the reader controller PCB. 6-106 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 439: E302

    J1107 and J1108 on the reader controller PCB connected firmly? Connector them firmly. CCD PCB, Reader controller PCB 3) Try replacing the CCD PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the reader controller PCB. 6-107 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 440: E400

    Does the belt motor (M2) rotate when the push switch (SW2) is pressed? (To stop, press the push switch (SW2) once again.) YES: Go to step 3. 6-108 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 441 Belt motor drive PCB, ADF controller PCB 5) Try replacing the belt motor drive PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: Replace the belt motor driver PCB. Replace the ADF controller PCB. 6-109 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 442: E404

    0 and 5 V when the delivery motor is turned by hand? Replace the delivery motor clock sensor (PI11). YES: Replace the ad controller PCB. 6-110 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 443: E405

    0 and 5 V when the separation motor is turned by hand? Replace the separation motor clock sensor (PI2). YES: Replace the ADF controller PCB. 6-111 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 444: E410

    ×1Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω , and connect the meter probes to the connectors on the cable side. Is the resistance about 74Ω Ω Ω Ω Ω ? ADF controller F06-401-13 Replace the pickup motor (M3). 6-112 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 445: E422

    3) Is the cable from the connector J1 of the ADF controller PCB to the communication cable normal? Correct the cable. YES: Replace the ADF controller PCB. 6-113 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 446: E601

    Make the following selections in service mode to repair the faulty sectors: FUNCTION>SYSTEM>HD-Check (0). Is the problem corrected? 4) Try replacing the hard disk drive. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the main controller PCB. 6-114 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 447: E676

    1) Turn off and then on the power switch. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the reader controller PCB. (0001) Replace the DC controller PCB. (0002) Replace the main controller PCB. (0003) 6-115 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 448: E712

    Replace the DC controller PCB. Finisher controller PCB, DC controller PCB 3) Try replacing the finisher controller PCB. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: End. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-116 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 449: E717

    DC controller PCB normal? Correct them. DC controller PCB 2) Try replacing the DC controller PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. Replace the main controller PCB. 6-117 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 450: E737

    1) Is the riser board mounted correctly? Correct it. LIPS board (mounting) 2) Is the LIPS board mounted correctly? End. YES: Replace the main controller PCB. 6-118 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 451: E744

    0 V? YES: Check the wiring and electrical continuity from the DC controller PCB to the relay board PCB; if normal, replace the relay board PCB. 6-119 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 452: E804

    Fixing heat discharge fan (FM2), DC controller PCB 3) Try replacing the fixing the discharge fan (FM2). Is the problem corrected? End. YES: Replace DC controller PCB. 6-120 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 453: E820

    Pre-transfer charging assembly fan (FM10), DC controller PCB 3) Try replacing the pre-transfer charging assembly (FM10). Is the problem corrected? End. YES: Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-121 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 454: E824

    Connect it firmly. Separation fan (FM13), DC controller PCB 3) Try replacing the separation fan (FM13). Is the problem corrected? End. YES: Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-122 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 455: Ac Power Is Absent

    ∞Ω ∞Ω ∞Ω when the switch is OFF? Replace the power switch. YES: Check the wiring for AC power, and check the connector for con- tact. 6-123 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 456: The Dc Power Supply Fails To Operate. 1

    Repeat this for all connectors to find the connector for which the protective circuit goes ON. Then, check the wiring and DC loads connected to the connector. Replace the DC power supply PCB. 6-124 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 457: Pickup Fails

    7) Open the right upper cover and the right lower cover. With a screw- driver fitted in the door switch, press the Start key. Does the feed- ing/separation roller rotate? YES: Go to step 9. 6-125 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 458 Is the sensor normal? Check the wiring and the lever; if normal, replace the sensor. YES: Remove the pickup assembly, and check the springs and the like. 6-126 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 459: The Lifter Fails To Move Up

    0 V to 24 V when the deck is slid in? right deck (M13): J514-A4 left deck (M14): J514-B1 YES: Replace the deck lifter motor. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-127 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 460: The Lifter Fails To Move Up (Pickup From Cassette)

    4 (M17): J516-B1 YES: Remove the lifter assembly, and check the gears and the like; if normal, replace the motor. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-128 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 461: Pickup Fails (Multifeeder)

    ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>CL-ON ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ |OK| Check the wiring; if normal, replace the clutch (CL18). (DC con- troller PCB J513-A6, A7) 6-129 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 462 Check the wiring and the like; if normal, replace the solenoid (SL6). (DC controller PCB J510-10-, -11, -12) DC controller PCB 8) Try replacing the DC controller PCB. Is the problem corrected? YES: End. 6-130 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 463: The Vertical Path Roller Fails To Rotate

    ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK>CL-ON ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ |OK| Check the wiring; if normal, replace the clutch (CL13). (DC controller PCB; J515-A3, -A4) 6-131 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 464 ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ |OK| Check the wiring; if normal, replace the clutch (CL15). (DC controller PCB; J517-A3, -A4) YES: Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-132 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 465: The Registration Roller Fails To Rotate

    ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ |OK| Check the wring; if normal, replace the clutch (CL2). (DC controller PCB, J509 A4, A5) YES: Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-133 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 466: The No. 1 Mirror Base Fails To Move

    Scanner motor driver PCB, Scanner motor (M5) 7) Try replacing the scanner motor driver PCB. Is the problem cor- rected? YES: End. Replace the scanner motor (M5). 6-134 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 467: The Pre-Exposure Lamp Fails To Go On

    Does it change from 5 to 0 V when the control panel power switch is tuned on? YES: If the wiring is normal, replace the inverter PCB. If the wiring is normal, replace the DC controller PCB. 6-135 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 468: The Toner Feed Motor (M6) Inside The Cartridge Fails To Operate

    J504-B12 (-) and J504-B13 (-) on the DC controller PCB about 24 Replace the DC controller PCB. YES: Check the connection of the relay connectors (J138, J143). 6-136 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 469: The Drum Heater Fails To Operate

    0 at address P003 ‘0’ (absence of toner)? 1. Replace TS1. 2. Replace the DC controller PCB. YES: 1. Replace the DC controller PCB. 2. Replace the control panel. 6-137 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 470: The Add Toner Message Fails To Go On

    1) Is a card fitted to the card reader correctly? Fit the card correctly. Main controller PCB, Card reader 2) Can copies be made? Replace the main controller PCB. YES: Replace the card reader. 6-138 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 471: The Add Paper Message Fails To Go Off (Deck Light/Left)

    YES: Mount the lifter motor correctly. Or, replace the lifter motor and the cassette pickup assembly at the same time. 6-139 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 472: The Fixing Heater Fails To Operate

    6) Is the voltage of the following connectors on the DC controller PCB about 5 V? Heater Main heater (H1) J505-A11 Sub heater (H2) J505-A13 YES: Replace the AC driver PCB. Replace the DC controller PCB. 6-140 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 473: Pickup Fails

    PCB. Does it change from 24 to 0 V when the Start key is pressed? • J104-7 (CL101) • J104-12 (CL102) Replace the side deck driver PCB. YES: Check the wiring up to the clutch; if normal, replace the clutch. 6-141 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 474: Side Paper Deck

    • When the deck is opened, 0 V. • When the deck is closed, 5 V. YES: Check the lever and wiring; if normal, replace the sensor. Replace the side deck driver PCB. 6-142 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 475: Troubleshooting Feeding Problems

    The descriptions that follow are also given in reference to the locations of jams. The loca- tion or type of jam may be checked in service mode (COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM). F06-501-01 6-143 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 476: Pickup Assembly

    • Check the guide plate for deformation. • Check the prism for dirt. If soiled, clean it with a blower brush. (If the dirt cannon be removed, dry wipe with lint-free paper.) 6-144 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 477: Separation/Feeding Assembly

    Feeding belt, Feed fan 10) Are the two feeding belts moving correctly? Check the belt and the pulley. YES: Check the feed fan to see if it is operating. 6-145 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 478: Fixing Assembly, Delivery Assembly

    10) Does the delivery roller move smoothly? Check the delivery roller drive assembly. YES: Check the leading edges of copies for a margin. (3.0 mm or more) 6-146 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 479: Fixing Assembly, Delivery Assembly (Reversal Delivery Assembly)

    4) Try paper of a recommended type. Is the problem corrected? YES: Advise the user to use recommended paper. 1. Check the high-voltage transformer. 2. Check the DC controller PCB. 6-147 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 480: Lower Feeding Assembly

    Replace the CL16 or CL17. Pre-confluence sensor (PS14), Post-confluence sensor (PS15) 3) Are the pre-confluence sensor (PS14) and the post-confluence sen- sor (PS15) normal? Replace PS14 or PS15. 6-148 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 481: Feeding Faults

    Lower roller pressure, Upper/lower roller pressure 6) Is the lower roller pressure (nip) as indicated? Adjust it. YES: Try replacing the upper and lower rollers one after the other. 6-149 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 482: Arrangement And Function Of Electrical Parts

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6 Arrangement and Function of Electrical Parts 6.1 Clutches CL20 CL18 CL10 CL12 CL11 CL17 CL16 CL13 CL19 CL21 CL14 CL15 F06-601-01 6-150 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 483 Deck (left) feeding clutch CL19 Drives the deck (left) feeding roller. Developing 2 clutch CL20 Drives the developing cylinder (2). Delivery speed switching clutch CL21 Switches delivery speed. T06-601-01 6-151 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 484: Solenoids

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.2 Solenoids SL11 SL10 F06-602-01 6-152 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 485 Manual feed pickup latch sole- noid Deck (right) pickup solenoid Deck (left) pickup solenoid Cassette 3 pickup solenoid Cassette 4 pickup solenoid SL10 Reversing flapper solenoid SL11 T06-602-01 6-153 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 486: Motors

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.3 Motors F06-603-01 6-154 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 487 Deck (right) lifter motor Deck (left) lifter motor Horizontal registration motor Cassette 3 lifter motor Cassette 4 lifter motor Inside hoper toner feeder motor Duplex feeder motor (right) T06-603-01 6-155 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 488: Fans

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.4 Fans FM18 FM10 FM15 FM20 FM13 FM16 FM17 FM19 FM11 FM12 F06-604-01 6-156 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 489 Separation fan FM13 Developing fan FM15 System fan FM16 Delivery anti-adhesion fan FM17 Scanner motor cooling fan FM18 Duplex feeder fan FM19 Separation heat discharge fan FM20 T06-604-01 6-157 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 490: Sensor 1

    PS43 PS44 PS45 PS57 PS17 PS56 PS26 PS58 PS20 PS14 PS27 PS15 PS61 PS24 PS12 PS21 PS18 PS22 PS25 PS34 PS23 PS31 PS48 PS32 PS33 F06-605-01 6-158 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 491 Copyboard glass sensor PS57 Right upper cover open/closed sensor PS58 Toner cartridge cover open /closed sensor PS59 Image write start sensor PS60 Duplex outlet sensor PS61 T06-605-01 6-159 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 492: Sensor 2

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.6 Sensor 2 SIZE4 SIZE3 SVR1 SIZE2 SIZE1 SVR2 SVR3 F06-606-01 6-160 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 493 SVR2 volume Cassette 4 paper width detecting SVR3 volume Inside hopper toner sensor Inside hopper toner lower limit sensor Inside developing assembly toner sensor Potential sensor T06-606-01 6-161 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 494: Switches

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.7 Switches MSW8 MSW1 MSW2 MSW5 MSW7 F06-607-01 6-162 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 495 Waste toner clog detecting switch MSW2 Manual feed tray cover open/ MSW5 closed detecting switch Front cover open/closed detecting MSW7 switch Cartridge motor drive switch MSW8 T06-607-01 6-163 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 496: Counters, There, Fuses, And Others

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.8 Counters, There, Fuses, and Others LED1 LED2 ELCB1 F06-608-01 6-164 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 497 Thermal switch Fixing heater thermal switch Leakage breaker ELCB1 Leakage breaker Pre-exposure lamp LED1 Drum pre-exposure Pre-transfer exposure lamp LED2 Pre-transfer exposure Hard disk Hard disk T06-608-01 6-165 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 498: Pcbs

    6.9 PCBs [35] [34] [33] [27] [31] [16] [26] [28] [19] [29] [18] [17] [23] [22] [24] [20] [13] [25] [10] [14] [11] [15] [12] [32] F06-609-01 6-166 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 499 Controls the control panel. Control panel PCB PCB34 Controls panel key inputs and LED indica- tions. Control panel inverter PCB PCB35 Controls the activation of the LCD. T06-609-01 6-167 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 500: Side Paper Deck-N1

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6.10 Side Paper Deck-N1 SW100 F06-610-01 PCB2 PCB1 F06-610-02 6-168 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 501 Deck pickup clutch Deck pickup roller releasing sole- noid Compartment open solenoid Deck heater (option for 200/230V model) Deck drive PCB PCB1 Open switch PCB PCB2 T06-610-01 6-169 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 502: Variable Resistors (Vr), Light-Emitting Diodes (Led), And Check Pins By Pcb

    J1058 J1020 J1028 SW1002 J1002 J1021 LED1008 BAT1001 J1013 J1006 J1005 J1011 LED1001 LED1002 J1015 J1022 J1060 J1018 J1019 J1023 J1061 J1024 J1044 J1014 J1017 F06-611-01 6-170 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 503: Reader Controller Pcb

    J1102 J1114 F06-611-02 6.11.3 DC controller PCB J511 J510 J523 J509 J508 J512 J513 J514 J515 J516 BAT101 VR101 J521 J519 J501 J502 J503 J504 J522 F06-611-03 6-171 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 504: Hv-Dc Pcb

    Factory Default settings SW101 J731 J734 J721 J722 J723 F06-611-04 Normally, keep the slide switch (SW101) in UP position. Keep this in mind when replacing the PCB. 6-172 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 505: Upgrading

    2) Hold down ‘2’ and ‘8’ on the keypad until the bottom of the touch panel indicates the message “Download Mode.” Partition Available for Formatting the Hard Disk /BOOTDEV 6-173 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 506: Making Pre-Checks

    Connect the machine with the PC using a cross Ethernet cable or a straight Ethernet cable and a HUB. The following shows how a cross Ethernet cable may be used. Cross Cable F06-701-01 6-174 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 507 If you are using a straight Ethernet cable and a HUB, you are encouraged to connect the machine with the PC on a one-on-one basis, outside the user’s network environment. Straight Cable Straight Cable F06-701-02 6-175 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 508 If both are in use, you must turn the machine off and then on first before making a switch-over (i.e., from Bi-Centronics to Network or vice versa), thereby preventing errors in the event of simultaneous writing operations. 6-176 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 509: Data Control

    You must install the files to use (System, RUI, HD Format , BOOT, Language) before ex- ecuting downloading. 1) Start up the Service Support Tool. 2) Under ‘Controlling Data’, select ‘To Next’. F06-702-01 6-177 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 510 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 3) From the Control Work screen of the firmware, select ‘Registering Firmware’. F06-702-02 4) From the following screen, select ‘Register from selected folder’. F06-702-03 6-178 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 511 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 5) Select the drive to which you have inserted the System CD. 6) Select the folder of the suitable version, and click ‘Register’. F06-702-04 6-179 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 512: Downloading The System Software, Rui, And Language Module

    4) Connect the machine’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch. 7.3.2 Downloading 1) Under ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘To Next’. F06-703-01 6-180 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 513 ‘E744-0001’ will be indicated when the machine is started up for the first time; to reset the error, install a module of the correct version. 6-181 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 514 5) Click ‘Switch operation mode’ to bring up the Centronics Communication Mode Change screen. Select ‘High-Speed’, and press ‘OK’ to move to step 6). High-speed mode is not supported on Windows NT and Windows 2000. Memo F06-703-04 6-182 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 515 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6) Click ‘OK’ to start connection. F06-703-05 7) When connection is done, the following screen will appear. Click ‘OK’. F06-703-06 6-183 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 516 9) Select the files suited to the language and the country in question from the ‘list of soft- ware’ on the Service Support Tool screen, and click ‘Start’. F06-703-08 6-184 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 517 11) Check the progress bar, which indicates the progress of downloading. 12) When downloading ends, turn off the PC by making the following selections: OK>To Unit Selection Screen>OK>To Main Menu>Ending the Service Support Tool>End. 6-185 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 518: After Downloading

    PS/PCL model to COPY.) Any attempt made in disregard of the above will cause a mismatch error when the machine runs a check before writing. 6-186 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 519: Connection

    ‘OK’ so that the machine will be in download standby mode (notation “STNDBY”). 7.4.3 Preparing BOOT ROM The discussions that follow assume upgrading an iR8500 (COPY model). 1) User ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘To Next’. F06-704-01 6-187 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 520 BOOT, and Network is selected for Interface.) F06-704-02 3) To enter the IP address or the host name of the machine to connect, click ‘Set host name’. F06-704-03 6-188 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 521 5) Check to see that the notation in the upper right indicates the IP address or the host name of the machine to connect; then, click ‘OK’ to start connection. F06-704-05 6-189 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 522 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6) When connection is done, the following screen appears. Click ‘OK’. F06-704-06 7) Select ‘BOOT ROM Download’ on the Service Support Tool screen. F06-704-07 6-190 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 523: After Downloading

    4) If a network cable is connected, connect it to the correct location, and turn on the machine’s main power switch. 5) When the machine has started up, start service mode, and check the version of the BOOT ROM: COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION>BOOT-ROM. 6-191 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 524: Formatting The Hdd

    3) Connect the machine’s power plug to the power outlet; while holding down ‘2’ and ‘8’ of the keypad at the same time, turn on the main power switch. 7.5.2 Starting Formatting 1) Under ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘To Next’. F06-705-01 6-192 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 525 3) At this time, if the notation in the upper right of the screen is ‘High-Speed’, go to step 5); if ‘Low-Speed’, go to step 4). F06-705-03 6-193 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 526 4) Click ‘change operation mode’ so that the Centronics Communication Mode change screen will appear. Select ‘high-speed’, and click ‘OK’; then, go to step 6). F06-705-04 5) Click ‘OK’ to start connection. F06-705-05 6-194 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 527 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6) When connection is done, the following screen will appear. Select ‘OK’. F06-705-06 7) When the Check screen appears, select ‘Format’. F06-705-07 6-195 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 528 8) When the Start Check screen appears, select ‘Start’ to format all partitions. F06-705-08 9) When the Start Check screen appears once again, select ‘Start’. F06-705-09 6-196 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 529 10) When formatting is done, the message “Format Finished” appears. Click ‘OK’. F06-705-10 11) To continue downloading system, select ‘To Unit Selection Screen’, and click ‘OK’. Then, start downloading system. F06-705-11 6-197 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 530: Formatting The Hard Disk

    This is a normal condition, and will disappear when you turn off and then on the machine twice. 6-198 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 531: Upgrading By Replacing The Dimm/Rom

    ROM [5]; IC110 (DIP type) Saddle Finisher-K3N/K4N Finisher controller PCB: by replacement of ROM [5]; IC110 (DIP type) Saddle stitchere controller PCB: by replacement of ROM [6]; Q2 (DIP type) 6-199 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 532 The BOOT ROM [7] on the main controller PCB may be upgraded using a PC. For details, see the descriptions under 7.4 “Upgrading the BOOT ROM.” F06-706-01 6-200 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 533: Backing Up Data

    It is recommended to back up the data whenever possible using the Service Support Tool when you have updated the service mode settings or the user mode settings. 6-201 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 534: Backing Up Data

    5) Make the following selections so that the machine will enter download standby mode (notation “STNDBY”): COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM>DOWNLOAD. You can select ‘network’ as the interface for data backup. Here, the use of a bi-Centronics cable is assumed. Memo 6-202 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 535: Backing Up Data

    1) Under ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘To Next’. F06-802-01 2) Select ‘SYSTEM’, and select ‘Connect’. The discussions that follow assume the use of a bi-Centronics cable as the interface. F06-802-02 6-203 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 536 F06-802-03 4) Click ‘Switch operation mode’ to bring up the Centronics Communication Mode Change screen. Select ‘High-Speed’, and click ‘OK’ to move to step 5). F06-802-04 6-204 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 537 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 5) Click ‘OK’ to start connection. F06-802-05 6) When connection is done, the following screen appears. Click ‘OK’. F06-802-06 6-205 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 538 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 7) Select ‘Upload the Backup Data’ on the Service Support Tool screen. F06-802-07 8) Select ‘ALL’, and select ‘Start Storing’. F06-802-08 6-206 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 539 11) When the selected file has been stored on the selected drive, the following screen will appear; make the following selections to end the Service Support Tool: OK>To Unit Se- lection Screen>OK>To Main Menu>Ending the Service Support Tool>End. F06-802-10 6-207 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 540: Downloading Backup Data

    CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 8.2.4 Downloading Backup Data 1) Under ‘Downloading/Uploading’, select ‘To Next’. F06-802-11 2) Select ‘SYSTEM’, and select ‘Connect’. F06-802-12 6-208 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 541 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 3) Select ‘OK’, and start connection. F06-802-13 4) When connection is done, the following screen appears. Click ‘OK’. F06-802-14 6-209 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 542 CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 5) Select ‘Download the backup Data’. F06-802-15 6) Select the file to download, and select ‘Start Writing’. F06-802-16 6-210 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 543 Select ‘OK’. F06-802-17 8) Make the following selections to end the Service Support Tool: To Unit Selection Screen>OK>To Main Menu>Ending the Service Support Tool>End. 6-211 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 544: Managing Backup Data

    You need not connect a PC to the machine to do so. 1) Under ‘Controlling Data’, select ‘To Next’. F06-802-18 2) Select ‘Controlling Backup Data’. F06-802-19 6-212 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 545 3) Select the file to delete from the list of ‘Backup Data Stored on Computer’; then select ‘Remove’. F06-802-20 4) When the Delete Check screen appears, check the description for the selected file, and select ‘Remove’. F06-802-21 6-213 COPYRIGHT© 2001CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 546 5) When the Delete Finish screen appears, click ‘OK’. Make the following selections to end the Service Support Tool: Return to Previous Screen>Return to Main Menu>Ending the Service Support Tool>End. F06-802-22 6-214 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 547: Appendix

    APPENDIX COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 548: General Timing Chart

    Duplexing feeder motor (M12) Horizontal registration motor (M15) Duplexing reversal sensor (PS12) Lower feeding middle clutch (CL16) Lower feeding right clutch (CL17) Duplex outlet sensor (PS61) Count up signal COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 549 Duplexing feeder motor (M12) Horizontal registration motor (M15) Duplexing reversal sensor (PS12) Lower feeding middle clutch (CL16) Lower feeding right clutch (CL17) Duplex outlet sensor (PS61) Count up signal COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 550: List Of Signals/Abbreviations

    De-curling fan lock detection signal DCP_FAN1_STOP Power supply cooling fan 1 lock detection signal DCP_FAN2_STOP Power supply cooling fan 2 lock detection signal DECK_PULL_PS Front deck (left) feeding sensor detection signal COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 551 LOCK System fan lock detection signal LOCK Duplex feed fan lock detection signal LOW_DR_OPEN Lower right cover open/closed sensor detection signal LOWPASS_C_CL Lower feeding middle clutch drive command COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 552 Primary charging assembly fan lock detection signal PRIMARY_V.C_BK Primary charging wire cleaning motor drive command (reverse) PRIMARY_V.C_FW Primary charging wire cleaning motor drive command (forward) PRIREGI_BRAKE_CL_ON Pre-registration brake clutch drive command COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 553 Waste toner case full sensor detection signal WEB_LESS Fixing cleaning belt sensor detection signal WEB_SL Fixing cleaning belt solenoid drive command WEB_WARNING Fixing cleaning belt warning sensor detection signal COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 554: General Circuit Diagram

    No Signal (connect only) SPATST PCB15 1:12R 5:5V STROBE 2:GND 6:GND DDI_SCTS- 3:5R 7:3.3V <N.C> <N.C> 4:GND 8:GND DDI_SCTS+ <N.C> <N.C> 3.3V DDI_SRTS- <N.C> <N.C> 3.3V DDI_SRTS+ <N.C> <N.C> (1/2) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 555 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 LED1 Pre-exposure lamp J228A J228B J228C FOR LATTICE LED2 Pre-transfer exposure lamp J228 TO 3.5K_DECK (2/2) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 556: Special Tools Table

    FY9-3040 For adjusting the distance positioning tool between No. 1 and No. 2 (front, rear) mirrors. NA-3 test sheet FY9-9196 For adjusting images and making checks. A-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 557 No Signal (connect only) SPATST PCB15 1:12R 5:5V STROBE 2:GND 6:GND DDI_SCTS- 3:5R 7:3.3V <N.C> <N.C> 4:GND 8:GND DDI_SCTS+ <N.C> <N.C> 3.3V DDI_SRTS- <N.C> <N.C> 3.3V DDI_SRTS+ <N.C> <N.C> (1/2) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 558 For making electrical checks (attachment to the meter). Tester extension FY9-3039 For making electrical Pin (L-tipped) checks (attachment to the meter). D-10 Test Sheet FY9-9129- For adjusting images. A-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 559 Each service person is expected to carry one. Each five or so service persons is expected to carry one. Each workshop is expected to carry one. A-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 560: Solvents/Oils

    Lubricating; Silicone oil • FY9-6011 (50 cc) e.g., scanner rail. Conducting Drum heater contact Fluorine poly ethyl, • FY9-6008 (10 g) grease Poly tetra fluorine eth- ylene A-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 561: Service Mode

    Service Mode COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 562: Construction Of Service Mode

    Level 2 item selected from list Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Level 3 screen Previous/ Previous/ Previous/ Next page Next page Next page F00-101-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 563: Starting Service Mode And Making Selections

    Copier service mode COPIER FEEDER ADF service mode Only if installed. SORTER Finisher service mode Only if installed. BOARD Accessory board service mode Only if installed. F00-102-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 564: Ending Service Mode

    You can also use service mode (COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>P-PRINT>OK) to print out all service mode settings (i.e., under COPIER>ADJUST/OPTION/COUNTER) at once. Service Sheet F00-104-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 565: Using Service Mode

    Level 1 item Press an item to VERSION select. USER DPOT ACC-STS ANALOG Level 2 item CST-STS SENSOR Press an item to MISC select. HV-STS ALARM-2 F00-105-02 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 566: Level 3 Screen

    To switch between + and - Stop key: press to stop ongoing operation. Clear key: press to clear a value. Start key: press to make a copy without leaving service mode. F00-105-04 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 567: Copier

    SERVICE MODE 2 COPIER 2.1 DISPLAY The following shows the Display screen (COPIER>DISPLAY): VERSION USER DPOT ACC-STS ANALOG CST-STS SENSOR MISC HV-STS ALARM-2 F00-201-01 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 568 MN-CONT Indicates the version of the software of the main controller PCB. RIP1 not used BOOT-ROM Indicates the version of the boot ROM of the main controller. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 569 LANG-FI Indicates the version of the Finnish language module. LANG-HU Indicates the version of the Hungarian language module. LANG-KO Indicates the version of the Korean language module. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 570 Indicates the version of the Swedish language module. LANG-TW Indicates the version of the Chinese (classic) language module. LANG-ZH Indicates the version of the Chinese (simplified) language module. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 571 Indicates the language used/paper size configuration. Indication <LANGUAGE xxyy.zz.aa> xx (upper 2 digits): country code yy (lower 2 digits): language code destination code (00: Canon, 01: OEM) paper size configuration code (00: AB, 01: inch, 02; A, 03: all sizes) COUNTER...
  • Page 572 Indicates the connection of a network interface board. (0: absent, 1: Ether board, 2: TokenRing, 3: both) LIPS-RAM Indicates the capacity of the memory mounted to the LIPS board. (xx MB) S-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 573 FIX-C Indicates the temperature of the middle of the fixing upper roller (°C). FIX-E Indicates the temperature of the edge of the fixing upper roller (°C). S-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 574 WIDTH-C4 Indicates the width of paper in the cassette 4 in terms of paper size. WIDTH-MF Indicates the width of paper in the manual feed tray. S-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 575 FF: type of finisher jam (T00-201-03) ff: finisher jam sensor (T00-204-04) FFff: ADF jam code (T00-201-05) Source of paper (T00-201-06) HHHHHH Source soft counter IIIII Paper size S-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 576 (PS35) xx25 saddle inlet sensor stationary jam (PI59) xx17 side paper deck pickup sensor xx26 inlet path paper sensor stationary jam (S1) (PS101) T00-201-04 (1/2) T00-201-02 S-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 577 003D 1st sheet pre-reversal stationary 2 003E 1st sheet pre-reversal stationary 3 003F 1st sheet pre-reversal stationary 4 0041 reversal stationary 004A 1st sheet reversal stationary T00-201-05 (1/3) S-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 578 00EB 1st sheet image leading position error 00F1 belt speed setting error 00F2 belt speed switch-over error 00F3 belt status error 00F4 image leading edge output timing error T00-201-05 (2/3) S-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 579: Error Code

    See the chapter on error code. FFff Detail code If none, ‘00000’. Location 0: copier/main controller 1: feeder 2: finisher 3: not used 4: reader 5: printer 6: PDL not used S-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 580 Indicates the level of current of transfer charging. (µA) Indicates the level of current of separation charging. (µA) BIAS Indicates the level of developing bias. (V) S-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 581 Indicates the reading of the dark-area potential (VD) for printer (PDL) images. (V) (reference optimum: VDT-P ±6 V) VDT-P Indicates the target value for the dark-area potential (VD) for printer (PDL) images. (V) S-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 582 Indicates the lamp stop position for stream reading mode (small size) (0 to 6) SCAN-LMP Indicates the reading of the counter (the number of times the scanning lamp has gone ON). S-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 583 Time of alarm recovery 24-hr notation (if no recovery, FFFF) Location code T00-201-07 ffff Alarm code T00-201-07 GGGG Detail code HHHHHHHH Total counter reading at time of alarm S-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 584: Error Codes

    0001 primary charging assembly leakage 0002 transfer charging assembly leakage 0003 separation charging assembly leakage potential control system 0001 potential control VD alarm 0002 potential control VL alarm T00-201-07 (1/2) S-23 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 585 0010 stream reading fan alarm sorter/finisher stapler system 0001 staple absent saddle stitcher system 0001 stitch staple absent sorter/finisher puncher system 0001 punch waste case full T00-201-07 (2/2) S-24 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 586 I/O port of the Finisher controller PCB. I/O port of the Main controller PCB. MN-CON F00-202-01 Guide to the Screen P001 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Bit 0 Bit 15 Address S-25 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 587 P003 inside hopper toner sensor 0: toner absent inside hopper toner lower limit sensor 0: toner absent S-26 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 588 PS23 1: closed left deck open/closed sensor PS33 1: closed cassette 3 open/closed sensor PS40 1: closed cassette 4 open/closed sensor PS45 1: closed S-27 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 589 0: ON pickup motor drive 0: ON fixing motor drive 0: ON laser scanner motor drive 0: ON cartridge motor drive 1: ON S-28 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 590 1: paper present left deck pickup sensor PS25 1: paper present cassette 3 pickup sensor PS37 1: paper present cassette 4 pickup sensor PS42 1: paper present S-29 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 591 CL20 1: ON vibration motor 1 1: ON vibration motor 2 1: ON P014 not used right deck pickup solenoid 1: ON S-30 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 592 (right/let) ON/OFF 0: ON duplex feed motor current switch-over 1: excited S-31 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 593 PS21 : ON left deck lifter PS31 : ON cassette 3 lifter PS38 : ON cassette 4 lifer PS43 : ON not used not used S-32 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 594 Paper Deck open switch L: OPEN Paper Deck paper present H: present Paper Deck pickup position sensor H: ON Paper Deck pickup sensor ON H: ON S-33 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 595 SSR error H: short circuit main SSR error E004 H: short circuit fixing thermistor 2 error detection H: error fixing thermistor 1 error detection B001 H: error S-34 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 596 1: stop inverter fan 1: stop not used P003 original orientation detection PCB power 0: connected detection original orientation detection PCB busy 0: busy detection S-35 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 597 1: stop, 0: operate CCD/AP sync clock CCD/AP sync data CCD/AP RING2 load signal CCD/AP F-AP load signal CCD/AP B-AP load signal not used not used S-36 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 598 1 1: original present pre-reversal sensor 1: original present IO-P03 not used original detection sensor LED 0: emit not used not used not used S-37 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 599 ‘0’ and ‘1’ belt motor CW/CCW 0: delivery direction separation motor PWM during outputs, repeats ‘0’ and ‘1’ reversal motor phase B during outputs, repeats ‘0’ and ‘1’ S-38 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 600 0: ON 7-segment LED2 0: ON 7-segment LED3 0: ON 7-segment LED4 0: ON 7-segment LED5 0: ON 7-segment LED6 0: ON ADF open/closed sensor 1: closed S-39 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 601 DA-P07 pre-registration-roller sensor adjustment DA-P08 post-registration-roller sensor adjustment DA-P09 reversal sensor adjustment DA-P10 manual feed registration sensor adjustment DA-P11 pre-cycle end sensor adjustment DA-P12 separation motor S-40 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 602 ‘0’ and ‘1’ P003 EEPROM serial output slave write serial output EEPROM serial output slave write serial output EEPROM serial clock EEPROM load signal not used not used S-41 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 603 FG* during output, repeats ‘0’ and ‘1’ inlet motor FG* during output, repeats ‘0’ and ‘1’ fold motor FG* during output, repeats ‘0’ and ‘1’ S-42 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 604 1: absent, 0: present saddle unit detection 1: absent, 0: present stapler interference sensor connection 1: connected detection fan rotation error detection 1: error, 0: normal S-43 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 605 1: closed, 0: open fold path residual paper detection 1 PI73 1: present, 0: absent saddle inlet front path sensor PI59 1: paper present, 0: paper absent S-44 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 606 0: ON check switch 6 (for test mode) 0: ON check switch 7 (for test mode) 0: ON check switch 8 (for test mode) 0: ON S-45 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 607 B4 fold No. 1 stopper solenoid ON SL75 1: ON fold path residual paper detection 2 PI77 1: paper present fold path residual paper detection 3 PI74 1: paper present S-46 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 608 PI16 1: HP punch home position detection PI24 not used not used not used not used paper edge sensor slide home position PI23 1: HP detection S-47 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 609 A stapler shift more B stapler shift motor A* stapler shift motor B* stapler motor CCW* 0: CCW stapler motor CW* 0: CW S-48 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 610 PI56 1: leading edge delivery detection PI52 0: paper present not used not used not used not used not used S-49 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 611 PWM paper pushing plate motor CW 0: CW guide motor phase A guide motor phase B guide motor 0: ON alignment motor 0: ON S-50 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 612 MS31 0: staple absent not used not used outlet over open detection PI46 0: open not used inlet cover open detection PI51 0: open not used S-51 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 613 PI54 if 128 or higher, connection connected P066 not used P067 paper pushing plate leading edge detection PI56 if 128 or higher, connector connection connected S-52 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 614 0: Enable, 1: Disable not used not used not used PCI (PDL) soft reset 0: LIPS board forced reset serial EEPROM CS for factory adjustment S-53 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 615 UI detection 0: color UI present B&W UI detection 0: B&W UI present BAT board detection 0: present not used not used S-54 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 616 HV-SP DENS F00-203-01 A change to any of the items under COPIER>ADJUST becomes valid when the main power switch is turned off and then on again. S-55 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 617 1 to 9; default: 5 Copy density White White Original density A higher value makes the text darker. A lower value makes the text lighter. F00-203-02 S-56 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 618 Use it to adjust the image read start position (sub scanning direction). Range of adjustment 0 to 1000 (unit: 0.1 mm) Lower value Read start position Higher value Original Vertical size plate F00-203-04 S-57 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 619 Use it to adjust the read start position in main scanning direction (ADF horizontal registration adjustment). Range of adjustment 0 to 1000 (unit: 0.1 mm) Print image Lower value Higher value Feed direction F00-203-06 S-58 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 620 CCD. 0 to 1023 LUT-O-R2 Use it to enter the link correction data value for the last half odd-numbered pixels of the CCD. 0 to 1023 S-59 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 621 CCD. 0 to 1023 LUT-O-F4 Use it to enter the link correction data value for the first half odd-numbered pixels of the CCD. 0 to 1023 S-60 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 622 CCD. 0 to 1023 LUT-E-F5 Use it to enter the link correction data value for the first half even-num- bered pixels of the CCD. 0 to 1023 S-61 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 623 B indicated on the label attached to the unit. DLY-FINE Use it to fine-adjust the displacement of the laser A or laser B. Range of adjustment -16 to 16 S-62 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 624 DC controller PCB. If you have cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, be sure to enter the value indicated on the service sheet. S-63 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 625 Range of adjustment 0 to 2392 BLANK-B Use it to enter a value for the image trailing edge non-image width. Range of adjustment 0 to 2392 S-64 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 626 -50 to 50 (unit: 1 V) OHP-OFST Use it to enter an offset value for Vdc for transparency voltage potential control. Range of adjustment -50 to 50 (unit: 1 V) S-65 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 627 If you have replaced the DC controller PCB or cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, be sure to enter the value indicated on the service sheet. S-66 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 628 DC controller PCB. If you have cleared the RAM on the DC controller PCB, be sure to enter the value indicated on the service sheet. S-67 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 629 DC controller PCB. If you have cleared the RAM of the DC controller PCB, be sure to enter the value indicated on the service sheet. S-68 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 630 • If the image is displaced to the front, increase the value. Range of adjustment -100 to 100 (unit: 0.1 mm) After setting the value, please turn the power switch off and then on. S-69 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 631 Use it to enter a paper basic value for the manual feed tray. (A4R) Range of adjustment 0 to 255 If you have replaced the paper width detecting VR, execute the fol- lowing in service mode: FUNCTION>CST. S-70 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 632 PCB, be sure to enter the value on the service sheet. PRE-TR Use it to enter the output adjustment value for the pre-transfer exposure lamp. Range of adjustment 20 to 80 S-71 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 633: Function

    SERVICE MODE 2.4 FUNCTION The following shows the Function screen (COPIER>FUNCTION). INSTALL FIXING SYSTEM PANEL PART-CHK LASER CLEAR MISC-R MISC-P CLEANING SENS-ADJ F00-204-01 S-72 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 634 • If the input is ‘1’, cards from 1 to 1000 can be used. • If the input is 2001, cards from 2001 to 3000 can be used. S-73 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 635 4) See that the machine automatically stops after adjustment. 5) All items under the following are updated; print out a service sheet, and store it away: COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP, COPIER>ADJUST>CCD. (rear) Standard white paper F00-204-02 S-74 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 636 5) All items under the following are updated; print out a service sheet, and store it away: COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP, COPIER>ADJUST>CCD. Place the chart so that the side with gradation faces down. F00-204-03 S-75 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 637 <Using the Mode> 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. 2) See that the machine automatically stops after offset adjustment. S-76 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 638 2) Select MF-A4R, and press the OK key. • The machine performs auto adjustment and registers the value. 3) Likewise, repeat steps 1) and 2) for A6R and A4. S-77 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 639 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. 2) See that the machine performs auto cleaning of the charging wire 5 times continuously. 3) See that the machine automatically stops after cleaning. S-78 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 640 208/230V: 10.0mm ±0.5mm Feed direction Middle Standards: of paper |a-c|=0.5mm or less F00-204-04 a and b are measurements at 10 mm from either edge of paper. S-79 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 641 • If you have replaced the LCD assembly, execute this mode. <Using the Mode> 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. 2) Press the 9 locations indicated by ‘+’ on the touch panel. S-80 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 642 10 sec ON → OFF • • for shift tray motor, stops at front/rear HP • for vibration motor (M10/M20), ON/OFF operation repeats at intervals of about 5 sec S-81 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 643 (M101) Laser scanner motor (M4) vibration motor 1 (M10) Inside cartridge toner feed motor (M6) vibration motor 2 (M20) Inside hopper toner feed motor (M18) T00-204-03 S-82 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 644 (SL4) manual feed pickup clutch solenoid shut-off (SL6) side paper deck pickup solenoid manual feed pickup clutch solenoid relay (SL6) delivery flapper solenoid (SL3) T00-204-04 S-83 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 645 USE it to clear the error history. <Using the Mode> 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. 2) Turn off and then on the main power switch. E354-CLR E355-CLR S-84 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 646 Use it to clear the alarm history. <Using the Mode> 1) Select the mode, and press the OK key. 2) Turn off and then on the main power switch. S-85 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 647 Use it to print out a list of user mode settings from service mode. <Using the Mode> 1) Select the item, and press the OK key. • See that a list of user mode settings is printed out. S-86 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 648 4 (1 sheet from the Paper Deck if connected). 3) When all sheets have been delivered, see that the machine indicates ‘NG’ to shows that the mechanism is normal; otherwise, it will indicate ‘NG’. S-87 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 649 0: entire HDD 1: image storage area 2: general-purpose file storage area 3: PDL-related file storage area 4: program file storage area 3) Press the OK key. S-88 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 650 <Using the Mode> 1) Select the item. CHK-TYPE: 0 and 4 are invalid 2) Press the OK key. 3) At the end, see that ‘OK’ is indicated. S-89 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 651 F00-205-01 Be sure to turn off and then on the main power switch so that changes made to any of the items under COPIER>OPTION are effective. S-90 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 652 1: auto control based on readings of environment sensor (default) 2: start idle rotation when fixing roller temperature reaches 100°C 3: start idle rotation when main power switch goes ON S-91 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 653 Use it to turn ON/OFF the mechanism to change density during printing (PDL input). Setting 0: correct target value to enable change of density during printing (de- fault) 1: do not change density during printing S-92 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 654 9 g, 250 single-sided copies (125 double-sided copies) after passage of paper 4: do not stop rotation S-93 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 655 3) Press the +/- key to scan through the selections. 4) Bring up the selections for each time, and press the OK key. 5) Turn off and then on the main power switch. S-94 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 656 Use it to set the transfer/separation output setting when the left deck is used, thereby preventing faults otherwise occurring. Setting 0: setting for plain paper (default) 1: setting for recycled paper 2: setting for tracing paper S-95 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 657 Use it to set the speed of the developing sleeve. Setting 0: in relation to environment 1: fixed to high speed 2: fixed to low speed (default) S-96 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 658 Use it to set black band monthly remedial mode (for March). Setting Same as for January. BK-BD-4 Use it to set black band monthly remedial mode (for April). Setting Same as for January. S-97 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 659 Use it to switch paper types. Setting 0 to 2 0: destination (as set at time of shipment; default) 1: for 200V model 2: for 208/230V model S-98 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 660 0: OFF (do not issue; default) 1: ON (issue) SIZE-DET Use it to turn ON/OFF the original size detection mechanism. Setting 0: OFF (default) 1: ON S-99 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 661 Use it to change the type of the soft counter 6 to suit the user’s or the dealer's needs. Setting 00 to 804 (T00-205-01; default: 000) S-100 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 662 0: normal mode (suspend printing for number of sheets/mix of differ- ent size sheets; default) 1: suspend printing if height sensor is ON (full of paper) S-101 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 663 0: cover mode (default) 1: Not used (for future expansion) TBIC-RNK Use it to reduce uneven density occurring at specific intervals. Setting 1 to 5 (default: 2) S-102 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 664 Use it to set the sequence in which double-sided originals are read when the original orientation detection mechanism is enabled. 0: back → → → → → face (default) Setting 1: face → → → → → back S-103 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 665 117 S (double-sided) 223 copy (4C/L) 201 copy (total 1) 224 copy (4C/S) 202 copy (total 2) 225 copy (Mono/L) 203 copy (L) 226 copy (Mono/S) T00-205-01 S-104 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 666 327 print (Mono/L/double-sided) copy scan (4C/S) 328 print (Mono/S/double-sided) 513 copy scan (L) 329 print (Bk/L/double-sided) 514 copy scan (S) 330 print (Bk/S/double-sided) 515 copy scan (total) T00-205-02 S-105 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 667 604 box print (S) 802 report print (total 2) 701 reception print (total 1) 803 report print (L) 702 reception print (total 2) 804 report print (S) T00-205-03 S-106 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 668 34: G-LGL (default) 35: FOLIO CST-U4 Use it to select a paper name be used for paper size group U4. Setting 18: LTR (default) 29: A-LTR S-107 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 669 Government LETTERR A-LGL Argentine LEGAL G-LGL Government LEGAL 11x17 11x17 FOLI FOLIO LTRR LETTERR A-OFI Argentine OFFICIO LETTER M-OFI Mexican OFFICIO STMT STATEMENT STMTR STATEMENTR LEGAL T00-205-04 S-108 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 670 Use it to make settings if an external controller is connected. IMG-CONT Use it to enable/disable the external controller detection switch. Setting 0: external controller absent (default) 1: external controller present S-109 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 671: Test

    Use it to select the source of paper for test printing. Setting 1: right deck (default), 2: left deck, 3: cassette 3, 4: cassette 4, 5: side paper deck, 6 to 8: not used S-110 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 672 F00-206-02 2 17-Gradation (with image correction; PG-TYPE2) Gradation fault in laser system Uneven density primary charging assembly fault in developing assembly F00-206-03 S-111 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 673 [2] Vertical White Spot transfer fault [3] Left/Right Uneven Density fault in primary charging assembly fault in developing system F00-206-06 S-112 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 674 7 Vertical Lines (PG-TYPE7) Straight lines (sub scanning direction) BD fault F00-206-08 8 Horizontal Lines (PG-TYPE8) Straight lines (main scanning direction) displacement in laser beam F00-206-09 S-113 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 675 Memo following: COPIER>ADJUST>LASER>DLY-FINE. • COPIER.>ADJUST>LASER>DLY-FINE Range of adjustment: -16 to 16 (in 1/16 pixel; 1 pixel equals to sum of a and b) S-114 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 676 4) Inform the system administrator that you are going to check the net- work connection, and obtain the remote address (IP address of a PC ter- minal note user network) from which PING is entered. S-115 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 677 If ‘OK’ is indicated, assume that the network settings of the sender or the NIC is free of a fault. In this case, suspect a fault in the network environment: communicate to the system administrator for correction. S-116 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 678: Counter

    • The counter will be initialized to ‘00000000’. <Distinguishing Between Small-Size and Large-Size in the Mode> Large (L) size:larger than A4, LTR Small (S) size:A4, LTR or smaller S-117 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 679 3 pickup counter cassette 4 pickup counter manual feed tray pickup counter side paper deck pickup counter 2-SIDE double-sided 2nd side pickup counter S-118 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 680: Feeder

    FIX-TH1 fixing main thermistor (TH1) counter FIX-TH2 fixing sub thermistor (TH2) counter FX-TSW fixing thermal switch (TP1) counter OZ-FIL1 ozone filter counter AR-FIL1 air filter counter S-119 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 681 RD-PU-CL right deck pickup clutch counter RD-PU-RL right deck feed roller counter M-PU-RL manual feed tray pickup roller counter M-SP-RL manual feed tray separation roller counter S-120 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 682 DEV-FAN developing fan counter DV-FP-SL delivery flapper solenoid counter DLV-FAN delivery adhesion prevention fan counter PWS-FAN power supply fan counter INV-FAN inverter cooling fan counter S-121 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 683 2 SORT-2 finisher lower path counter INSRTR2 finisher inserter 2 counter STCK finisher stack processing counter SDL-STCK finisher saddle stack processing counter S-122 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 684: Display

    Use it to adjust the original stop position when the ADF is used (manual feed tray). Range of adjustment -30 to 30 (unit: 0.5 mm) Using the Mode Same as in FEEDER>ADJUST>DOCST. S-123 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 685 RVM-SPD Use it to adjust the speed of the reversal motor. A higher value increases the speed. Memo Range of adjustment -30 to 30 (unit: 0.1%) S-124 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 686: Function

    1) Select the mode, and press the OK key. 2) Set that the machine rotates the registration roller. Press the Stop key to stop the operation. S-125 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 687 Detection is enabled only when ‘3: AB/INCH’ is selected under COPIER>OPTION>BODY>MODEL-SZ. Memo SLW-SPRT Use it to decelerate the separation speed for original pickup. Setting 0: normal mode (default) 1: deceleration mode S-126 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 688: Sorter

    4) Make a print of the Test Chart once again, and check to see if the posi- tion of the holes is as indicated. Paper Feed direction Lower value Higher value F00-401-01 S-127 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 689: Option

    Use it to set the margin width (W) for both sides of the folding line when the saddle stitcher is used. Setting 0: normal width (5 mm; default) 1: larger width (10 mm) F00-402-01 S-128 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 690: Board

    Use it to turn OFF the function of the slot 3 (PCI) when the board fitted to it goes out of order. Setting 0: normal (default) 1: OFF (do not use the board function) S-129 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 691 Error Code COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 692: Outline Of Error Codes

    You will have to clear the data in the RAM on the DC controller PCB for the following: E000, E001, E002, E003, E004, E005, E013, E020, and E717. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 693 50°C or more for 1 sec. 0010 The power is turned off and then on without clearing the error. Caution You must clear the error in service mode (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR). COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 694 0000 The SSR used to drive the fixing heater has a short circuit (detec- tion by hardware circuitry). Caution You will have to clear the error in service mode (COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR). COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 695 The fixing motor (M3) is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 The motor clock signal is not detected for 2 sec or more after the fixing motor drive signal has been generated. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 696 (M6) inside the cartridge for 10 sec or more twice. (In response to the first detection, it indicates the message “Shake the Toner Case, and Set.”) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 697 The primary charging assembly is faulty. The HV-DC PCB is faulty. The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open circuit). Condition 0000 An error (leakage) is detected in the high-voltage output to the pri- mary charging assembly. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 698 0000 The BD signal does not arrive within 1 sec after the laser drive sig- nal has been generated. Or, the BD signal does not arrive for 1 sec or more while the laser remains ON. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 699 Start key is pressed. Caution No code will be indicated. The keys will be locked. You can check the code in service mode (COPIER>DISPLAY>ERR). COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 700 170°C or higher. E218 Main cause The fluorescent lamp is not mounted properly. Condition 0000 When the power is turned on, the absence of the fluorescent lamp is detected. COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 701 The scanner cooling fan is faulty. Condition 0000 The scanner cooling fan stop signal is detected for 5 sec or more although the scanner cooling fan is being driven. E-10 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 702 The CCD/AP PCB is faulty. The wiring is faulty (short circuit, open cir- cuit). The reader controller PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 During shading operation, the reader controller PCB fails to end shading processing. E-11 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 703 0000 While an image is being read, the image read end notice does not arrive at the reader controller PCB within 60 sec from the CCD/AP PCB. E-12 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 704 (PI2) is faulty. The ADF controller PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 The clock signal does not occur for 200 msec when the separation motor drive signal is generated. E-13 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 705 While the ADF remains out of order, printing may be continued by discon- necting the lattice connector of the ADF, opening the ADF, and placing the original on the copyboard glass. E-14 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 706 0001 The checksum of the EEPROM is faulty (offset value error of the aligning plate). 0002 The checksum of the EEPROM is faulty (D/A conversion value er- ror of the motor drive or sensor adjustment value). E-15 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 707 The inserter drive PCB is faulty. Condition 00FF The clocks from the inserter motor drop below a specific value while the motor is in operation. E-16 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 708 4 sec. 0002 The stapler does not leave stapler shift home position when the sta- pler shift motor is driven for 4 sec. E-17 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 709 B.) 0003 safety switch error 0004 time-out (The ascent/decent operation does not end within 25 sec when the tray A lift motor is driven.) E-18 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 710 1 sec or more. 0002 The knurled belt does not leave home position when the knurled belt motor is driven for 1 sec or more. E-19 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 711 0003 The braking start position of the punch motor is faulty. 0004 The puncher is not at home position at the time of a 5-hole sheet switch-over (2/3-hole sheet puncher only). E-20 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 712 (PI27) is faulty. The punch driver PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 The input from the punch waste paper feed sensor does not change when the punch waste paper feed motor is driven. E-21 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 713 0.5 sec or more. 0002 The alignment plate home position sensor does not go OFF when the alignment motor is driven for 1 sec or more. E-22 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 714 0.3 sec or more. 0004 The number of detection pulses of the paper pushing plate motor drops below a specific value. E-23 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 715 0002 The exit cover is found to be open for 1 sec or more from the start of printing or from the start of initial rotation of the connected de- vice with the inlet cover, front cover, and delivery cover closed. E-24 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 716 0000 A fault is detected in the voltage of the battery for the image memory. E674 Main cause The fax board is faulty. Condition 0000 An error exists on the FAX board. E-25 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 717 Machine types are not compatible between Boot ROM and System. (e.g., Boot ROM for the iR8500 Copy model is mounted on the system for the iR8500 PS/PCL model.) Condition 5802 E-26 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 718 PCB for the finisher is faulty. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. The DC controller PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 The communications IC (IPC) on the finisher controller PCB goes out of order. E-27 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 719 DC controller PCB and main controller PCB. E737 Main cause The SDRAM is faulty. The main controller PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 A fault exists in the SDRAM. E-28 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 720 Copy model) Condition 1000 Main cause HDD stored the system for another machine model is connected. (e.g., HDD for the iR8500 Copy model is changed the HDD for the iR105 Copy model) Condition 2000 E-29 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC.
  • Page 721 0002 The lock signal is detected for 5 sec or more although the separa- tion heat discharging fan is being driven. E-30 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 722 The DC controller PCB is faulty. Condition 0000 The lock signal is detected for 5 sec or more although the separa- tion cooling fan is being driven. E-31 COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000 CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001...
  • Page 723 Office Imaging Products Quality Assurance Center CANON INC. Printed in U.S.A. REVISION 0 (JULY 2001) (21767, 32205, 23715) 5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi, Ibaraki 302-8501 Japan CANON iR105 REV.0 JULY 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A. (IMPRIME AU U.S.A.) COPYRIGHT© 2001 CANON INC. 2000 2000 2000 2000...
  • Page 724 This publication is printed on 100% recycled paper. PRINTED IN U.S.A. (IMPRIME AU U.S.A.) 0701AB0.67-0...
  • Page 725: Parts Catalog

    F14-1661 REL00001 - 230V 50Hz F14-1671 SDL00001 - 230V 50Hz F14-1681 TEB00001 - 230V 50Hz F14-1691 UHQ00001 - FY8-31FJ-000 AUG. 2001 I - 1 COPYRIGHT C 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001 PRINTED IN U.S.A. [IMPRIME AU U.S.A.]...
  • Page 726 PREFACE This Parts Catalog contains listings of parts used in the iR105. Diagrams are provided with the listings to aid the service technician in identifying clearly, the item to be ordered. Whenever ordering parts, consult this Parts Catalog for all of the information pertaining to each item.
  • Page 728 FRONT DECK (RIGHT) PICK-UP ASSEMBLY 313. FRONT DECK (LEFT) PICK-UP ASSEMBLY 315. MULTI FEED ASSEMBLY 316. MULTI FEED TRAY ASSEMBLY 320. FIXING/FEEDER FRAME ASSEMBLY 325. REGISTRATION/TRANSFER ASSEMBLY 330. FEEDER ASSEMBLY Ⅰ-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 729 II - 1 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. HOW TO USE PART LISTS REV.0 APR. 1994...
  • Page 730 Part Number contained in the Parts Lists. The Numerical Index contains the following columns and information. (1) Part Number. The first column shows the Part Number. II -2 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. HOW TO USE PART LISTS REV.0 APR. 1994...
  • Page 732 LENS MOUNT ASSEMBLY MIRROR ASS’Y 1 レンズ台部 第1ミラー台部 SCANNER MOUNT ASSEMBLY スキャナ台部 FRONT DECK (RIGHT) PICK-UP ASS’Y フロントデッキ(右)給紙部 MIRROR ASS’Y 2 第2ミラー台部 CASSETTE PICK-UP ASSEMBLY カセット給紙部 FRONT DECK (LEFT) PICK-UP ASS’Y フロントデッキ(左)給紙部 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 733: Assembly Location Diagram

    TRANSFER/SEPARATE CORONA ASS’Y 転写/分離帯電器 CASSETTE HEATER ASSEMBLY カセットヒータ部 FIXING ASSEMBLY 定着器 REGISTRATION/TRANSFER ASS’Y レジスト/転写部 INTERNAL DELIVERY UPPER ASS’Y 内排紙上部 EXTERNAL DELIVERY UPPER ASS’Y 外排紙上部 FEEDER ASSEMBLY 搬送部 FIXING/FEEDER FRAME ASSEMBLY 定着/搬送基台部 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 734 BUFFER ASSEMBLY バッファ部 DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY 現像器 DUPLEXING FEEDER ASSEMBLY 両面搬送部 PHOTO-SENSITIVE DRUM ASSEMBLY PRIMARY CORONA ASSEMBLY 感光ドラム部 一次帯電器 AP KIT ASSEMBLY APキット部 SEPARATION CLAW DRIVE ASSEMBLY 分離爪駆動部 PRE-TRANSFER CORONA ASSEMBLY 転写前帯電器 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 735 WASTE TONER DRIVE ASSEMBLY 廃トナー駆動部 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY メイン駆動部 MULTI FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY マルチ給紙駆動部 PAPER PICK-UP DRIVE ASSEMBLY 給紙駆動部 WASTE TONER PIPE ASSEMBLY 廃トナーパイプ部 WASTE TONER ASSEMBLY 廃トナー部 CONTROLLER BOX ASSEMBLY コントローラ ボックス部 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 736 CONTROL PANEL CPU PCB ASS’Y 操作CPU回路基板 READER CONTROL PCB ASS’Y リーダコントローラ回路基板 DC POWER SUPPLY PCB ASS’Y DC電源回路基板 H.V. DC TRANSFORMER PCB ASS’Y 高圧DCトランス回路基板 H.V. AC TRANSFORMER PCB ASS’Y 高圧ACトランス回路基板 DC CONTROLLER PCB ASSEMBLY DCコントローラ回路基板 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 738: Special Tools

    SPECIAL TOOLS 特殊工具 FY9 − 3014 − 000 ENVIRONMENT SENSOR TOOL 環境センサ チェック工具 FY9 − 3040 − 020 MIRROR POSITIONING TOOLS ミラー位置決め工具 FY9 − 3041 − 000 TERMINAL, POTENTIAL SENSOR 電位センサ チェック電極 020-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 740: External Covers, Panels, Etc

    EXTERNAL COVERS, PANELS, ETC. FIGURE 100 外装カバー 208V 208V 208V 200V 208V 100-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 741 右扉センサ フラグ FB4 − 1969 − 000 FLAG, RIGHT DOOR SENSOR 右扉センサ フラグ FB4 − 1970 − 000 RIGHT DOOR, LOWER 右扉(下) FB4 − 5297 − 000 COVER, RIGHT REAR 右後カバー 100-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 742 200/220/240V エンブレム FB6 − 2416 − 000 EMBLEM 208V エンブレム FF5 − 5593 − 030 PLATE, POCKET, RIGHT ポケット板(右) FF5 − 5594 − 030 PLATE, POCKET, LEFT 2 ポケット板金(左2) 100-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 743 FS5 − 2921 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ FS5 − 2921 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ FS5 − 2922 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ FS5 − 2922 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ 100-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 744 XB1 − 2400 − 606 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB4 − 5401 − 006 SCREW,P,M4X10 P タイト ネジ XD2 − 2300 − 402 5 0 3 RING,TOOTHED LOCK ハツキ トメワ 100-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 746: Machine Front Plate

    SEE FIGURE 940 SEE FIGURE 940 (MSW5) (PS58) (J147) (J102) (J146) (J47) (PS56) (J46) (J101) (J302) (M16) (J293) (PS48) (J302) (J303) (M17) (J301) (J292) (J294) (J291) (J291) (J293) (J342) (J290) (J301) 101-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 747 BEAM DETECT SENSOR PCB ASS’Y ビーム ディテクタ センサ回路基板 FB4 − 3118 − 000 2 0 A SHEET, LIGHT BLOCKING 遮光シート FG6 − 2328 − 000 CABLE, MULTI DOOR INTERLOCK J46,47 マルチ扉インターロック束線 101-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 748 XB1 − 2400 − 806 5 0 3 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X8 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB4 − 7300 − 609 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド タッピン ネジ 5 0 5 XD1 − 1104 − 135 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 101-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 750: Internal Components

    INTERNAL COMPONENTS 1 FIGURE 102 本体機械内部(1) (PS60) (J902) (J901) (J274) (J222) (PS35) (J304) (PS49) (J303) SEE FIGURE 120 102-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 751 FH7 − 7462 − 000 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER PS35 J274 フォトインタラプタ FG6 − 2331 − 000 CABLE, PATH SENSOR CONNECTING J303,304 縦パス センサ中継束線 FG6 − 8620 − 000 CABLE, WRITING SENSOR J901,902 書き込みセンサ束線 102-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 752 5 0 6 XD1 − 1106 − 223 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ XD2 − 1100 − 502 5 0 7 RING,E E リング 5 0 8 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 102-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 753 5 1 4 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2200 − 122 5 1 5 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 1 6 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 102-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 754: Internal Components

    INTERNAL COMPONENTS 2 FIGURE 103 本体機械内部(2) SEE FIGURE 215 (J145) (J144) (PS47) 103-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 755 段ビス XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0630 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X10 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0643 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X10 RS タイト ネジ 103-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 756 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 6 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2400 − 609 5 0 7 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 103-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 758: Internal Components

    INTERNAL COMPONENTS 3 FIGURE 104 本体機械内部(3) (J295) (J296) (J294) (J363) (J342) (J364) FIGURE 305 SEE FIGURE 300 SEE FIGURE 300 104-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 759 CABLE, CASSETTE PAPER SENSOR J295,363 カセット残量検知束線 J296,364 FG6 − 1941 − 000 PAPER SENSOR PCB ASSEMBLY 紙残量検知回路基板 FG6 − 2334 − 000 CABLE, CASSETTE PAPER SENSOR J294,363 カセット残量検知束線 J342,364 104-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 760 XD2 − 1100 − 502 5 0 6 RING,E E リング 5 0 7 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 5 0 8 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 104-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 762: Internal Components

    INTERNAL COMPONENTS 4 FIGURE 105 本体機械内部(4) (FM18) (J348) (SW1) (J16) (J16) (J13) (FM17) (J118) (FU1) SEE FIGURE 910 105-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 763 220/240V レーザ注意ラベル VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J118 チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 5057 − 004 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J348 チュウケイ コネクタ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ 105-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 764 5 1 0 XD1 − 1105 − 235 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 1 1 XD1 − 1105 − 239 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 1 2 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 105-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 766: Machine Rear Plate 1

    SEE FIGURE 250 SEE FIGURE 260 SEE FIGURE 980 SEE FIGURE 775 (J2) (J1) (J25) (J26) SEE FIGURE 263 SEE FIGURE 231 SEE FIGURE 261 SEE FIGURE 110,111 SEE FIGURE 770 106-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 767 XA9 − 1090 − 000 SCREW,W/WASHER,M5X25 セムス ネジ XA9 − 1091 − 000 SETSCREW,M4X8 ロッカク アナツキ トメネジ XA9 − 1278 − 000 SETSCREW,M6X10 ロッカク アナツキ トメネジ XF9 − 0533 − 000 BELT, TIMING タイミング ベルト 106-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 768 DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER / REMARKS & KEY NO. XG9 − 0248 − 000 106 − BEARING, BALL, 6004ZZNR*C3 ボール ベアリング 5 0 1 XD2 − 3100 − 202 RING,C,EXTERNAL C リング(ジクヨウ) 106-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 770: Machine Rear Plate 2

    本体後側板(2) (J197) (J15) (J11) SEE FIGURE 985 (J180) SEE FIGURE 195 SEE FIGURE 230 (J322) SEE FIGURE 930 (SVR2) (J256) (SVR3) (J265) (J257) (SV1) (J266) (SV2) SEE FIGURE 900 107-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 771 VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J256,265 チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6313 − 013 CONNECTOR, 13P, FEMALE J197 コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6313 − 016 CONNECTOR, 16P, FEMALE J322 コネクタ (メス) 107-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 772 5 0 5 XB4 − 7400 − 809 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M4X8 バインド タッピン ネジ XD1 − 1103 − 633 5 0 6 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 0 7 XD1 − 1104 − 133 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 107-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 773 XD1 − 1106 − 235 107 − 5 0 8 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 0 9 XD1 − 3100 − 307 WASHER,SPRING バネ ザガネ 5 1 0 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 107-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 774: Machine Bottom Plate

    SCREW,RS,M4X10 RS タイト ネジ XZ9 − 0367 − 000 CASTER キャスタ 5 0 1 XD1 − 3100 − 805 WASHER,SPRING バネ ザガネ 5 0 2 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 108-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 776: Power Cord Terminal Assembly

    (200V) FIGURE 110 電源コード台部 (200V) (J26) (J25) (CB1) (J151) (J48) (J24) (SW3) (J48) (J151) (PLG1) (J152) (OLT2) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.6. 注:このユニットにKey No.6の部品は含まれません。 110-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 777 XB1 − 2500 − 606 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M5X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 5 XB2 − 7400 − 606 SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 6 XD1 − 4200 − 502 WASHER,TOOTHED LOCK ハツキ ザガネ 110-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 778: Power Cord Terminal Assembly

    (J48) (J24) (SW3) (J48) (J151) (J152) (OLT2) (208V PLG1) (220V PLG1) (240V QEL PLG1) (240V REL PLG1) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.5. 注:このユニットにKey No.5の部品は含まれません。 111-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 779 XB1 − 2500 − 606 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M5X6 バインド ネジ XB2 − 7400 − 606 5 0 5 SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 6 XD1 − 4200 − 502 WASHER,TOOTHED LOCK ハツキ ザガネ 111-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 780 DOOR SWITCH MOUNT ASSEMBLY FIGURE 120 ドアスイッチ台部 (J21) (J111) (SW2) (J112) (MSW7) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.9. 注:このユニットにKey No.9の部品は含まれません。 120-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 781: Door Switch Mount Assembly

    5 0 1 XB1 − 2230 − 809 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M2.3X8 バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB3 − 6300 − 800 SCREW,RS,M3X8 RS タイト ネジ 5 0 3 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 120-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 782: Control Panel Assembly

    SEE FIGURE 926 NOTE1:This assembly includes the assemblies shown in Figure 920,925 and 926. NOTE:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.2,3,4,21,25,26,27,28,29,32,36,39,501,503,504,505 and 506. 注1:このユニットはFigure920,925,926のユニットを含みます。 注:このユニットにKey No.2,3,4,21,25,26,27,28,29,32,36,39,501,503,504,505,506の部品は含まれません。 130-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 783 SEE NOTE 2 エア フィルタ FF6 − 1498 − 000 PANEL, FRONT UPPER, LOWER SEE NOTE 2 前上カバー(下) FF6 − 1499 − 000 PANEL, FRONT UPPER SEE NOTE 2 前上カバー 130-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 784 XB2 − 7400 − 606 SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6 SEE NOTE 2 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 6 XB3 − 6401 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X10 SEE NOTE 2 RS タイト ネジ 5 0 7 XD1 − 3100 − 307 WASHER,SPRING バネ ザガネ 130-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 785: Separation Fixing Fan Assembly

    定着排熱ファン中継束線 J122,2270 VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J114,2270 チュウケイ コネクタ FH6 − 1545 − 000 FAN, COOLING FM2,20 J115,122 冷却ファン XA9 − 0189 − 000 SCREW,M4X50 タッピン ネジ 190-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 786: Primary Polygon Laser Fan Assembly

    チュウケイ コネクタ FH6 − 1546 − 000 FAN, COOLING FM3 J132 冷却ファン WT2 − 5565 − 000 CLAMP, CABLE ソクセン オサエ 5 0 1 XB4 − 5400 − 805 SCREW,P,M4X8 P タイト ネジ 194-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 787: Drum Intake Fan Assembly

    DRUM INTAKE FAN ASSEMBLY ドラム吸引ファン部 FH6 − 1550 − 000 FAN, INTAKE FM8 J241 吸引ファン VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J241 チュウケイ コネクタ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ 195-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 788: Lens Mount Assembly

    (J135) (M5) (J803) (PS4) (J162) (J174) (J163) (J1003) (J852) (FU10) (J175) (J171) (FM9) (J943) (J56) (J118) (J1001) (J120) (J119) (J120) (SIZE2) SEE FIGURE 945 (J119) (SIZE1) EXCEPT A/INCH SIZE 210-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 789 (J802) (J56) (J346) (J801) (J1002) (J159) (J34) (J168) (J158) (J167) (J240) (J23) (J172) (J1503) (J1501) (J1102) (J1502) (J1108) (J32) (J1107) (J35) (J170) (PS3) (PS1) (FM4) (J103) (J170) (J169) (J168) 210-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 790 PULLEY, DRIVE 駆動プーリ FG6 − 1823 − 000 CABLE, REAR UPPER J23,34,56,158,159 後上束線 J167,168,172,174,175 J346,347,801,802 J804,851,853,1002 2 5 A VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J175 チュウケイ コネクタ 210-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 791 3 6 G FS7 − 8109 − 000 LABEL, CABLE CONNECTOR ケーブル コネクタ ラベル FH2 − 6452 − 000 CABLE, FLUORESCENT LAMP J162,163 蛍光灯フレキ束線 FH2 − 6574 − 000 CABLE, FLUORESCENT J162,852,1003 蛍光灯束線 210-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 792 XB1 − 2300 − 409 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X4 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2300 − 607 5 0 2 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 3 XB1 − 2300 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ 210-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 793 5 1 5 XB6 − 7400 − 609 SCREW,TP,M4X6 TP ネジ 5 1 6 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 5 1 7 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 210-6 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 794: Scanner Mount Assembly

    SCANNER MOUNT ASSEMBLY FIGURE 215 スキャナ台部 (FM5) (J113) (J116) (J37) (J343) (J213) (J761) (J214) (J762) (J1113) (J3701) (J214) 215-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 795 CABLE, BEAM DETECT J214,3701 ビーム ディテクタ束線 FH6 − 1547 − 000 FAN, COOLING FM5 J113 冷却ファン FN5 − 4009 − 000 MIRROR, DIGITAL デジタル ミラー FS2 − 9001 − 000 SCREW,STEPPED,M4 ダン ビス 215-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 796 5 0 3 XB4 − 7303 − 007 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M3X30 バインド タッピン ネジ 5 0 4 XB6 − 7400 − 609 SCREW,TP,M4X6 TP ネジ XD1 − 1108 − 221 5 0 5 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 215-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 797: Vertical Path Drive Assembly

    RS タイト ネジ XG9 − 0249 − 000 BEARING, BALL ボール ベアリング XD2 − 1100 − 642 5 0 1 RING,E E リング 5 0 2 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 230-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 798: Lifter Drive Assembly

    SEE NOTE ソクセン オサエ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ 5 0 1 XB5 − 6401 − 609 SCREW,CT,M4X16 CT ネジ XD2 − 1100 − 242 5 0 2 RING,E E リング 231-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 800 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 250 メイン駆動部 (MSW2) (J251) (M1) (J611,612) 250-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 801: Main Drive Assembly

    FS7 − 2531 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 1030 − 000 SCREW, RS, M4X12 RS タイト ネジ XG9 − 0250 − 000 BEARING, BALL ボール ベアリング 250-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 802 5 0 6 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2200 − 182 5 0 7 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 8 XD3 − 2300 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 250-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 803: Drum Drive Assembly

    XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0813 − 000 SCREW,RS,M3X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0962 − 000 SCREW,RS,M3X10 RS タイト ネジ 5 0 1 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 251-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 804 PAPER PICK-UP DRIVE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 260 給紙駆動部 (M2) (J621) (J622) 260-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 805: Paper Pick-Up Drive Assembly

    5 0 4 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2300 − 142 5 0 5 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 6 XD3 − 2300 − 182 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 260-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 806: Cassette Pick-Up Drive Assembly

    5 0 1 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 5 0 2 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 3 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 261-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 807: Left Pick-Up Drive Assembly

    5 0 3 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2200 − 142 5 0 4 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 5 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 263-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 808: Multi Feed Drive Assembly

    MULTI FEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 264 マルチ給紙駆動部 (CL7) (J253) (J252) (CL18) (J255) (CL5) (CL6) (J271) (J254) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.12. 注:このユニットにKey No.12の部品は含まれません。 264-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 809 XD2 − 1100 − 642 5 0 2 RING,E E リング 5 0 3 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 4 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 264-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 810 DEVELOPING DRIVE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 270 現像駆動部 (J43) (J216) (J250) (J249) (J217) (J42) (CL20) (J217) (CL4) (J242) 270-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 811: Developing Drive Assembly

    5 0 2 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 5 0 3 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 4 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 270-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 812 TONER CARTRIDGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY(1/2) FIGURE 275 トナーカートリッジ駆動部(1/2) (MSW8) (J246) (MSW1) (J248) (J247) (J245) (J243) (J246) (J248) (J244) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.47. 注:このユニットにKey No.47の部品は含まれません。 275-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 813 TONER CARTRIDGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY(2/2) FIGURE 275 トナーカートリッジ駆動部(2/2) (J247) (M6) (PS59) (J244) 275-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 814: Toner Cartridge Drive Assembly

    GUIDE ガイド FB6 − 0445 − 000 COVER, CARTRIDGE, FRONT カートリッジ カバー(前) FF5 − 7715 − 000 MOUNT, RUBBER, RIGHT ゴム台(右) FF5 − 8655 − 000 CASE, GEAR HOLDER ギア軸受ケース 275-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 815 XB1 − 2231 − 009 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M2.3X10 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2300 − 609 5 0 3 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB1 − 2400 − 607 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 275-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 816 5 1 2 XD2 − 2100 − 302 RING,GRIP グリップ リング 5 1 3 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2300 − 122 5 1 4 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 275-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 818 WASTE TONER DRIVE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 280 廃トナー駆動部 280-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 819 5 0 5 XD3 − 2200 − 102 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2200 − 122 5 0 6 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 7 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 280-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 820 CASSETTE FIGURE 300 カセット SEE FIGURE 104 SEE FIGURE 104 300-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 821 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ FB5 − 6987 − 000 COVER, CASSETTE, FRONT カセット カバー(前) FB5 − 9351 − 000 SHEET, TAB ATTACHMENT タブ装着シート FF5 − 6183 − 000 BODY, CASSETTE カセット オケ 300-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 822 3穴紙セット ラベル XA9 − 0591 − 000 SCREW,M3X8 タイト ネジ XA9 − 0605 − 000 SCREW,M4X8 タイト ネジ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ 300-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 823 5 0 4 XB4 − 7300 − 607 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド タッピン ネジ 5 0 5 XD1 − 1108 − 235 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ XD2 − 1100 − 502 5 0 6 RING,E E リング 300-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 824 1.5K RIGHT PAPER STOCK ASSEMBLY FIGURE 302 1.5K右収納庫部 33A 34 NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.42. 注:このユニットにKey No.42の部品は含まれません。 302-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 825 HOLDER, CABLE, REAR ワイヤ オサエ(後) FC1 − 5061 − 000 GEAR, 28T 28T ギア FC1 − 5080 − 000 PLATE, LIMIT, WIRE ワイヤ キセイ バン FC1 − 5081 − 000 FLANGE, REAR 1.5K リフト フランジ(後) 302-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 826 XD2 − 1100 − 402 5 0 6 RING,E E リング 5 0 7 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 5 0 8 XD3 − 1200 − 122 PIN,SPRING スプリング ピン 302-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 828 1.5K LEFT PAPER STOCK ASSEMBLY FIGURE 303 1.5K左収納庫部 303-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 829: K Left Paper Stock Assembly

    BRACKET スライド コマ FC1 − 5051 − 000 WIRE, LIFTING, FRONT ワイヤ(前) FC1 − 5052 − 000 WIRE, LIFTING, REAR ワイヤ(後) FC1 − 5055 − 000 HOLDER, CABLE, FRONT ワイヤ オサエ(前) 303-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 830 XB1 − 2300 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2400 − 607 5 0 3 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 303-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 831 5 0 8 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 5 0 9 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 5 1 0 XD3 − 1200 − 122 PIN,SPRING スプリング ピン 303-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 832: Cassette Heater Assembly

    XB1 − 2400 − 409 5 0 1 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X4 バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB6 − 7300 − 409 SCREW,TP,M3X4 TP ネジ XB6 − 7400 − 609 5 0 3 SCREW,TP,M4X6 TP ネジ 305-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 834: Cassette Pick-Up Assembly

    (J298) (J307) (J351) (J362) (J280) (J365) (J359) (J284) (J308) (J287) (J289) (J285) (J311) (J313) (J309) NOTE:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.29,73, and 79. 注:このユニットにKey No.29、73、79の部品は含まれません。 311-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 835 FB4 − 6214 − 000 LEVER, SEPARATION RELEASE, 2 分離解除レバー(2) FB4 − 6227 − 000 SHAFT, COUNTER カウンタ軸 FB4 − 7835 − 000 COVER, CONNECTOR, PICK-UP SEE NOTE コネクタ カバー(給紙) 311-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 836 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J286,350 チュウケイ コネクタ FG6 − 8605 − 000 OPTICAL SENSOR PCB ASSEMBLY PS37,41,42,46 光学センサ回路基板 J280,298,359,351 FH6 − 5014 − 000 CLUTCH, ELECTROMAGNETIC CL13 J283 電磁クラッチ CL15 J307 311-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 837 XB1 − 2300 − 409 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X4 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2300 − 609 5 0 3 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 311-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 838 5 1 3 XD3 − 0300 − 082 PIN,SPRING スプリング ピン XD3 − 2200 − 102 5 1 4 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 1 5 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 311-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 840: Front Deck (Right) Pick-Up Assembly

    (PS23) (J236) (PS24) (J237) (J229) (J231) (J230) (J235) (J278) (J276) (J237) (J234) (J232) (J233) (J236) NOTE:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.26,65 and 71. 注:このユニットにKey No.26、65、71の部品は含まれません。 312-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 841 COVER, CONNECTOR, PICK-UP SEE NOTE コネクタ カバー(給紙) FB4 − 9029 − 000 CLUTCH, ONE-WAY ワンウェイ クラッチ FB4 − 9043 − 000 CLUTCH, ONE-WAY ワンウェイ クラッチ FB5 − 2063 − 000 ARM, SEPARATION ROLLER 分離ローラ アーム 312-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 842 FH7 − 7462 − 000 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER PS21-24 フォトインタラプタ J232,233,236,237 FS1 − 1512 − 000 BUSHING ブッシング FS1 − 1569 − 000 BUSHING ブッシング FS5 − 0338 − 000 GEAR, 16T 16T ギア 312-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 843 5 1 0 XD2 − 2100 − 802 RING,GRIP グリップ リング XD3 − 0300 − 082 5 1 1 PIN,SPRING スプリング ピン 5 1 2 XD3 − 2200 − 102 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 312-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 844 Q’ FIGURE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER / REMARKS & KEY NO. XD3 − 2200 − 122 312 − 5 1 3 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 312-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 846: Front Deck (Left) Pick-Up Assembly

    FRONT DECK (LEFT) PICK-UP ASSEMBLY FIGURE 313 フロントデッキ(左)給紙部 (CL11) (J320) (J314) (J320) (J355) (J317) (J319) (J315) (J321) (J316) (J318) (PS33) (J318) (SL8) (J321) (PS34) (J319) (PS32) (J316) (PS31) (J315) (PS25) (J355) 313-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 847 GUIDE, PICK-UP, LOWER 給紙ガイド(下) FB6 − 0615 − 000 ROLLER, FEED 搬送ローラ FF3 − 4190 − 000 CABLE, CLUTCH J320 クラッチ束線 FF5 − 3221 − 000 SHAFT, PICK-UP, LEFT ピックアップ軸(左) 313-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 848 XF9 − 0525 − 000 BELT, TIMING, 59T タイミング ベルト XG9 − 0407 − 000 BEARING, BALL, UGF106P12ZZD4ML ボール ベアリング 5 0 1 XB1 − 2300 − 407 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X4 バインド ネジ 313-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 849 5 1 2 XD3 − 1300 − 102 PIN,SPRING スプリング ピン 5 1 3 XD3 − 2200 − 102 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 1 4 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 313-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 850: Multi Feed Assembly

    SEE FIGURE 316 (J224) (J227) (J225) (J226) NOTE1:This assembly includes the assembly shown in Figure 316. NOTE2:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.49. 注1:このユニットはFigure316のユニットを含みます。 注2:このユニットにKey No.49の部品は含まれません。 315-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 851 2 6 A FB4 − 3762 − 000 SHEET, GUIDE ガイド シ−ト FF5 − 7674 − 000 PLATE, MULTI FEED DOOR SWITCH マルチ扉スイッチ板 FF5 − 7675 − 000 GEAR, SWING 揺動ギア 315-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 852 XB1 − 2300 − 409 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X4 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2400 − 609 5 0 2 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 3 XD2 − 1100 − 322 RING,E E リング 315-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 853 5 0 8 XD3 − 2200 − 082 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 9 XD3 − 2200 − 102 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン XD3 − 2200 − 122 5 1 0 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 315-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 854 FIGURE 316 手差し給紙トレイ部 (SVR1) (J225) (J225) NOTE1:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 315. NOTE2:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.13. 注1:このユニットはFigure315のユニットに含まれます。 注2:このユニットにKey No.13の部品は含まれません。 316-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 855: Multi Feed Tray Assembly

    XZ9 − 0407 − 000 LATCH, MAGNET マグネット キャッチ 5 0 1 XB1 − 2400 − 606 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB4 − 7300 − 609 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド タッピン ネジ 316-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 856 (PS28) (J208) (PS11) (J185) NOTE1:This assembly includes the assemblies shown in Figure 325,330,350,351 and 810. NOTE2:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.43,66,120,and 141 注1:このユニットはFigure325、330、350、351、810のユニットを含みます。 注2:このユニットにKey No.43、66、120、141の部番は含まれません。 320-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 857: Fixing/Feeder Frame Assembly

    FIXING/FEEDER FRAME ASSEMBLY(2/3) FIGURE 320 定着/搬送基台部(2/3) SEE FIGURE 351 SEE FIGURE 350 (PS9) (J182) (PS16) (J183) SEE FIGURE 325 (CL21) (J186) (CL3) (J207) (J205) (J204) (SL4) (J205) 320-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 858 FIXING/FEEDER FRAME ASSEMBLY(3/3) FIGURE 320 定着/搬送基台部(3/3) SEE FIGURE 330 (PS10) (J184) (J210) (SL2) (J196) (FM13) (J2031) (J2030) (FM6) (J209) (J2030) 320-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 859 GUIDE, CLAW, REAR 爪ガイド(後) FB4 − 2235 − 000 CAM, ONE-WAY, 1 ワンウェイ カム(1) FB4 − 2236 − 000 CAM, ONE-WAY, 2 ワンウェイ カム(2) FB4 − 2237 − 000 TERMINAL, FIXING BIAS 定着バイアス接点 320-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 860 FB5 − 7673 − 000 GUIDE, STOP 巻き込み防止ガイド FB6 − 0480 − 000 COVER, SEPARATION DUCT 分離ダクト蓋 FB6 − 2373 − 000 FLAG, SENSOR 滞留センサ フラグ FB6 − 2376 − 000 SPRING, TORSION ネジリ バネ 320-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 861 電磁クラッチ FH7 − 5836 − 000 SOLENOID SL2 J196 ソレノイド FH7 − 5837 − 000 SOLENOID SL3 J195 ソレノイド FH7 − 5844 − 000 CLUTCH, ELECTROMAGNETIC CL21 J186 電磁クラッチ 320-6 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 862 FS6 − 0993 − 000 GEAR, 39T/46T 39T/46T ギア FS6 − 0994 − 000 1 1 1 GEAR, 16T/26T 16T/26T ギア 1 1 2 FS6 − 0995 − 000 GEAR, 21T 21T ギア 320-7 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 863 XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XA9 − 0643 − 000 1 4 1 SCREW,RS,M4X10 SEE NOTE 2 RS タイト ネジ 1 4 2 XA9 − 0908 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ 320-8 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 864 5 2 0 XD2 − 1100 − 242 RING,E E リング XD2 − 1100 − 322 5 2 1 RING,E E リング 5 2 2 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 320-9 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 865 5 3 7 XD3 − 2200 − 202 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 3 8 XD3 − 2300 − 202 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 3 9 XD3 − 2300 − 322 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 320-10 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 866 REGISTRATION/TRANSFER ASSEMBLY FIGURE 325 レジスト/転写部 (J200) (J199) (J201) (J198) (PS5) (J199) (CL2) (J200) 15 1 NOTE:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 320. 注:このユニットはFigure320のユニットに含まれます。 325-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 867: Registration/Transfer Assembly

    2 4 A FB4 − 1667 − 000 SHEET, PROTECTIVE 保護シート FF5 − 8194 − 000 MOUNT, PAPER SENSOR 紙検知台 FF5 − 8796 − 000 PIN, PAPER FEEDER 紙搬送接点 325-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 868 5 0 7 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング XD2 − 1100 − 642 5 0 8 RING,E E リング 5 0 9 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 325-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 869: Feeder Assembly

    XD2 − 1100 − 802 5 0 2 RING,E E リング 5 0 3 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 0 4 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 330-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 870: Internal Delivery Upper Assembly

    INTERNAL DELIVERY UPPER ASSEMBLY FIGURE 350 内排紙上部 NOTE:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 320. 注:このユニットはFigure320のユニットに含まれます。 350-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 871 XA9 − 0628 − 000 SCREW,RS,M4X8 RS タイト ネジ XB1 − 2300 − 409 5 0 1 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X4 バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 350-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 872 XB6 − 7300 − 609 350 − 5 0 3 SCREW,TP,M3X6 TP ネジ 5 0 4 XD2 − 1100 − 242 RING,E E リング 5 0 5 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 350-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 874: External Delivery Upper Assembly

    外排紙上部 6 24 NOTE1:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 320. NOTE2:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.3,27, and 32. 注1:このユニットはFigure320のユニットに含まれます。 注2:このユニットにKey No.3、27、32の部品は含まれません。 351-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 875 FB5 − 8718 − 000 SHEET, PROTECTIVE 保護シート FS1 − 9199 − 000 SCREW,STEPPED,M4 段ビス FS5 − 1004 − 000 BUSHING, POLYACETAR ブッシング FS5 − 2944 − 000 SPRING, TORSION ネジリ バネ 351-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 876 5 0 2 XD2 − 1100 − 402 RING,E E リング XD2 − 2100 − 502 5 0 3 RING,GRIP グリップ リング 5 0 4 XD2 − 2300 − 242 RING,TOOTHED LOCK ハツキ トメワ 351-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 878 DUPLEXING FEEDER ASSEMBLY(1/3) FIGURE 360 両面搬送部(1/3) (CL17) (J331) (SL11) (J3604) 120 511 (CL16) (J332) (CL19) (J333) 360-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 879 FIGURE 360 両面搬送部(2/3) (J338) (J340) (PS61) (J341) (J339) (J339) (J366) (PS12) (J341) (PS26) (J328) (J380) (J323) (M19) (J382) (J381) (J382) (J325) (J324) (M11) (J383) (J325) (FM19) (M12) (J324) (J383) 360-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 880 (J338) (J326) (J380) (J340) (J336) (J366) (J330) (J381) (J323) (J3607) (J3608) (J3609) (J3605) (J3601) (J336) (J3602) (J3603) (PS15) (J337) (J335) (J332) (J331) (J333) (J326) (J334) (J327) (J330) (PS14) (J327) 360-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 881: Duplexing Feeder Assembly

    FB4 − 2159 − 000 HOLDER, BUSHING 軸受ホルダ FB4 − 2164 − 000 COUPLING カップリング FB4 − 2325 − 000 BLOCK, GUIDE PRESSURE ガイド加圧ブロック FB4 − 7481 − 000 KNOB, DUPLEXING FEEDER 両面搬送ツマミ 360-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 882 両面ユニット番号ラベル FF6 − 1536 − 000 GUIDE, LEFT DECK, LOWER 左デッキ ガイド(下) FF6 − 1843 − 000 SUPPORT, FEEDER SENSOR 搬送センサ支板 FF6 − 1858 − 000 MOUNT, REVERSE SENSOR 反転センサ台 360-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 883 ステッピング モータ FH6 − 5014 − 000 CLUTCH, ELECTROMAGNETIC CL16,17,19 電磁クラッチ J332,331,333 FH7 − 5837 − 000 SOLENOID SL11 J3604 ソレノイド FH7 − 7196 − 020 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER PS18 J335 フォトインタラプタ 360-6 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 884 FS6 − 2980 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ FS6 − 2992 − 000 1 0 5 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ 1 0 6 XA9 − 0249 − 000 SCREW,M4X8 ビス 360-7 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 885 5 1 2 XD1 − 1104 − 139 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ XD1 − 1108 − 229 5 1 3 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 1 4 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 360-8 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 886 5 1 8 XD3 − 2200 − 142 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 1 9 XD3 − 2200 − 162 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 5 2 0 XD3 − 2200 − 182 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 360-9 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 888 MIRROR ASSEMBLY 1 FIGURE 420 第1ミラー台部 (H5) (J166) (FL1) (J164) (J165) (J163) (J166) (J165) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.15. 注:このユニットにKey No.15の部品は含まれません。 420-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 889: Mirror Assembly

    5 0 3 XB2 − 8300 − 607 SCREW,W/WASHER,M3X6 バネツキ バインド ネジ XB2 − 8300 − 809 5 0 4 SCREW,W/WASHER,M3X8 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 5 XB6 − 7300 − 609 SCREW,TP,M3X6 TP ネジ 420-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 890 Q’ FIGURE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER / REMARKS & KEY NO. XD2 − 2300 − 202 420 − 5 0 6 RING,TOOTHED LOCK ハツキ トメワ 420-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 892: Mirror Assembly

    MIRROR ASSEMBLY 2 FIGURE 430 第2ミラー台部 430-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 893 5 0 3 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング XD2 − 1100 − 642 5 0 4 RING,E E リング 5 0 5 XD2 − 2300 − 202 RING,TOOTHED LOCK ハツキ トメワ 430-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 894 SCANNER ASSEMBLY FIGURE 460 スキャナ部 SEE FIGURE 935 (J764) (J763) NOTE:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.1,2,3,4,9,501,502 and 503. 注:このユニットにKey No.1,2,3,4,9,501,502,503の部品は含まれません。 460-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 895: Scanner Assembly

    SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X12 SEE NOTE バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 SEE NOTE バインド ネジ 5 0 3 XB2 − 7400 − 607 SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6 SEE NOTE バネツキ バインド ネジ 460-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 896: Photo-Sensitive Drum Assembly

    PHOTO-SENSITIVE DRUM ASSEMBLY FIGURE 510 感光ドラム部 (H3) 510-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 897 5 0 3 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB2 − 8400 − 809 SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X8 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 5 XB6 − 7401 − 609 SCREW,TP,M4X16 TP ネジ 510-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 898 PRIMARY CORONA ASSEMBLY FIGURE 550 一次帯電器 (M8) (J105) (J104) (J105) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.21. 注:このユニットにKey No.21の部品は含まれません。 550-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 899: Primary Corona Assembly

    XB1 − 2301 − 207 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X12 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2302 − 503 5 0 4 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X25 バインド ネジ 5 0 5 XB2 − 7300 − 607 SCREW,W/WASHER,M3X6 バネツキ バインド ネジ 550-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 900 XB6 − 7300 − 609 550 − 5 0 6 SCREW,TP,M3X6 TP ネジ 5 0 7 XD1 − 2100 − 307 WASHER,PLAIN ヒラ ザガネ 5 0 8 XD2 − 1100 − 242 RING,E E リング 550-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 902 PRE-TRANSFER CORONA ASSEMBLY FIGURE 570 転写前帯電器 (J149) (M7) (J130) (J149) (J150) (LED2) (J150) 570-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 903: Pre-Transfer Corona Assembly

    XB1 − 2300 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ XB1 − 2301 − 603 5 0 3 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X16 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB1 − 2400 − 407 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X4 バインド ネジ 570-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 904 Q’ FIGURE PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER / REMARKS & KEY NO. XD2 − 1100 − 242 570 − 5 0 5 RING,E E リング 570-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 906: Transfer/Separate Corona Assembly

    TRANSFER/SEPARATE CORONA ASSEMBLY FIGURE 580 転写/分離帯電器 (M9) (J206) 580-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 907 FS6 − 0115 − 000 GEAR, 18T 18T ギア RY1 − 1502 − 000 WIRE, GUIDE テグス線 VS1 − 5057 − 002 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J206 チュウケイ コネクタ XA9 − 0034 − 000 SCREW,MACH.,C.S.HEAD,M4X15 サラ ネジ 580-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 908 5 0 1 XB1 − 2300 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M3X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 2 XB2 − 7300 − 607 SCREW,W/WASHER,M3X6 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 3 XD2 − 1100 − 242 RING,E E リング 580-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 910 FIGURE 600 APキット部(1/2) (J272) (FM10) (J128) NOTE1:This assembly includes the assembly shown in Figure 720. NOTE2:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.10,19,26, and 506. 注1:このユニットはFigure720のユニットを含みます。 注2:このユニットにKey No.10、19、26、506の部品は含まれません。 600-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 911 APキット部(2/2) (J17) SEE FIGURE 510 (FM15) (J129) (LED1) (J125) (J125) SEE FIGURE 101 SEE FIGURE 720 (J124) (J130) (J129) (J125) (M10) (J128) (J5031) (J5031) (M20) (J5032) (J5032) (J5030) (J5029) 600-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 912: Ap Kit Assembly

    SEE NOTE 2 ベアリング押え FB4 − 8012 − 000 PLATE, SEPARATION CLAW 分離爪プレート FB4 − 8013 − 000 PLATE, GROUNDING, 1 アース板(1) FB4 − 8014 − 000 PLATE, GROUNDING, 2 アース板(2) 600-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 913 FG6 − 3568 − 000 CABLE, SEPARATION CLAW J272 分離爪束線 FG6 − 7204 − 000 CABLE, AP KIT J124,125,128-130 APキット束線 5 4 A VS1 − 5057 − 004 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J130 チュウケイ コネクタ 600-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 914 FS6 − 2994 − 000 SPRING, TORSION ネジリ バネ FS6 − 8399 − 000 LABEL, GREASE TYPE グリス指示ラベル FS7 − 0048 − 000 GEAR, 26T 26T ギア FS7 − 0050 − 000 GEAR, 23T/39T 23T/39T ギア 600-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 915 5 1 7 XD2 − 1100 − 402 RING,E E リング XD2 − 1100 − 502 5 1 8 RING,E E リング 5 1 9 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 600-6 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 916 XD2 − 1100 − 802 600 − 5 2 0 RING,E E リング 5 2 1 XD2 − 2100 − 802 RING,GRIP グリップ リング 5 2 2 XD2 − 2300 − 602 RING,GRIP グリップ リング 600-7 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 918 DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY FIGURE 640 現像器 (TS3) (J142) NOTE:This assembly includes the assembly shown in Figure 645. 注:このユニットはFigure645のユニットを含みます。 640-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 919: Developing Assembly

    FS6 − 0857 − 000 GEAR, 20T 20T ギア FS6 − 0979 − 000 GEAR, 24T 24T ギア FS6 − 0980 − 000 GEAR, 19T 19T ギア FS6 − 0981 − 000 GEAR, 21T 21T ギア 640-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 920 5 0 8 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 5 0 9 XD2 − 2101 − 002 RING,GRIP グリップ リング XD2 − 3100 − 102 5 1 0 RING,C,EXTERNAL C リング (ジクヨウ) 640-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 922: Buffer Assembly

    (J142) (J138) SEE FIGURE 640 NOTE1:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 640. NOTE2:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.502. 注1:このユニットはFigure640のユニットに含まれます。 注2:このユニットにKey No.502の部品は含まれません。 645-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 923 5 0 4 XB4 − 7300 − 809 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M3X8 バインド タッピン ネジ XD1 − 1103 − 139 5 0 5 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 0 6 XD1 − 1106 − 221 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 645-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 924 XD2 − 1100 − 502 645 − 5 0 7 RING,E E リング 5 0 8 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング 5 0 9 XD2 − 2100 − 602 RING,GRIP グリップ リング 645-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 926 SEPARATION CLAW DRIVE ASSEMBLY FIGURE 720 分離爪駆動部 NOTE:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 600. 注:このユニットはFigure600のユニットに含まれます。 720-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 927: Separation Claw Drive Assembly

    FS2 − 2058 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ 5 0 1 XB4 − 7301 − 209 SCREW,TAPPING,TRUSS HEAD,M3X12 バインド タッピン ネジ 5 0 2 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 720-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 928 WASTE TONER ASSEMBLY FIGURE 770 廃トナー部 (J13) (J20) (J12) (J262) (J45) (PS19) (J261) (J239) (J262) (J228) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.9. 注:このユニットにKey No.9の部品は含まれません。 770-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 929: Waste Toner Assembly

    5 0 3 XB2 − 7400 − 607 SCREW,W/WASHER,M4X6 バネツキ バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XD1 − 1104 − 138 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ 5 0 5 XD2 − 1100 − 502 RING,E E リング 770-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 930: Waste Toner Pipe Assembly

    XG9 − 0211 − 000 BALL BEARING, MF128ZZ1MC3D4M ボール ベアリング 5 0 1 XD2 − 1100 − 642 RING,E E リング XD3 − 2200 − 182 5 0 2 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 775-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 932 FIXING ASSEMBLY(1/2) FIGURE 810 定着器(1/2) (H1) (H2) (PS6) (J194) (J194) (J192) NOTE:This assembly is included in the assembly shown in Figure 320. 注:このユニットはFigure320のユニットに含まれます。 810-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 933 FIXING ASSEMBLY(2/2) FIGURE 810 定着器(2/2) (J15) (J191) (TH2) (TP1) (TH1) (J190) (PS8) (J189) (J189) (J188) (J211) (J190) (J191) (PS7) (J187) (J188) 810-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 934: Fixing Assembly

    FB4 − 9361 − 000 PLATE, FRICTION 摩擦板 FB4 − 9524 − 000 COLLAR カラー FB5 − 6825 − 000 SHAFT, ONE-WAY ワンウェイ軸 FB5 − 6833 − 000 ROLLER, INTERNAL DELIVERY 内排紙ローラ 810-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 935 CABLE, DC, FIXING, UPPER J187,190,191,211 定着DC上束線 VS1 − 5057 − 002 5 5 A CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J190 チュウケイ コネクタ 5 5 B VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT J191 チュウケイ コネクタ 810-4 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 936 FS6 − 0106 − 000 GEAR, 23T 23T ギア FS6 − 0134 − 000 GEAR, 44T 44T ギア FS6 − 2990 − 000 SPRING, COMPRESSION アッシュク バネ FS7 − 0007 − 000 GEAR, 52T 52T ギア 810-5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 937 5 1 2 XD1 − 1106 − 222 SHIM ヒョウジュン ワッシャ XD2 − 1100 − 242 5 1 3 RING,E E リング 5 1 4 XD2 − 1100 − 322 RING,E E リング 810-6 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 938 5 1 8 XD2 − 1200 − 902 RING, E E リング 5 1 9 XD3 − 1300 − 142 PIN,SPRING スプリング ピン 5 2 0 XD3 − 2200 − 122 PIN,DOWEL ヘイコウ ピン 810-7 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 940: Controller Box Assembly

    (J1302) (J1024) (J1452) (J121) (J408) (FM16) (J404) (J1028) (J173) (J9201) (J1014) (J1461) (J7002) (J1104) (J405) (J407) (J9202) NOTE:This assembly does not include the part shown with key No.16. 注:このユニットにKey No.16の部品は含まれません。 900-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 941 FH6 − 1878 − 000 FM16 J1028 ファン モータ WA7 − 1497 − 000 DIMM, MT4LSDT864AG-133 DIMM WA7 − 1498 − 000 DIMM, MT8LSDT1664AG-133 DIMM WE8 − 5851 − 000 CORE, FERRITE フェライト コア 900-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 942 XB1 − 2400 − 607 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ 5 0 4 XB1 − 2402 − 009 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X20 バインド ネジ 5 0 5 XB6 − 7300 − 405 SCREW, TP, M3X4 TPビス(M3×4) 900-3 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 944 DC POWER SUPPLY PCB ASSEMBLY FIGURE 910 DC電源回路基板 (J155) (J156) (J157) (J156) (FM11) (J157) (FM12) (J28) (J701) NOTE:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.4 and 501. 注:このユニットにKey No.4、501の部品は含まれません。 910-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 945: Dc Power Supply Pcb Assembly

    FH3 − 0744 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス T 9 0 1 FH3 − 0888 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス T 9 3 1 FH3 − 0859 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス 910-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 946: Control Panel Cpu Pcb Assembly

    KEY NO. 920 − FG3 − 2142 − 000 CONTROL PANEL CPU PCB ASSEMBLY SEE NOTE 操作部CPU回路基板 Q6 8 2 2 FH4 − 1380 − 000 IC, N010-0559-V123, MPU マイクロ コンピュータ 920-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 947: Control Panel Inverter Pcb Assembly

    FG6 − 7738 − 000 C. PANEL INVERTER PCB ASSEMBLY SEE NOTE 操作部インバータ回路基板 F U1 VD7 − 1622 − 001 FUSE, 2A, 60V ヒューズ FH3 − 0961 − 000 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER インバータ トランス 925-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 948: Control Panel Pcb Assembly

    FH6 − 0767 − 000 LED UNIT LEDユニット FH6 − 0767 − 000 L E D9 1 0 LED UNIT LEDユニット V R9 0 1 FH6 − 0786 − 000 RESISTOR, VARIABLE 操作部コントラストVR(MB) 926-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 949: Dc Controller Pcb Assembly

    IC, HG71G046A2R09FE,GATE ARRAY ゲート アレイ I C1 0 8 FH4 − 6123 − 000 IC, M38871M2-010GP, MCU FH4 − 6104 − 000 I C1 1 9 IC, SLA517TH, GATE ARRAY ゲート アレイ 930-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 950: Reader Control Pcb Assembly

    IC, UPD65454GN-121, GATE ARRAY ゲート アレイ I C 5 FH4 − 6123 − 000 IC, M38871M2-010GP, MCU I C1 8 FH4 − 6136 − 000 IC, MB87L1870, GATE ARRAY ゲート アレイ 935-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 952: Potential Measuring Pcb Assembly

    FIGURE 940 電位測定回路基板 (J2) (J1) (J108) SEE FIGURE 101 SEE FIGURE 101 (J108) (DP1) (J109) NOTE:This assembly does not include the parts shown with key No.4,5,9, and 11. 注:このユニットにKey No.4、5、9、11の部品は含まれません。 940-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 953 5 0 4 XB1 − 2400 − 609 SCREW,MACH.,TRUSS HEAD,M4X6 バインド ネジ FH4 − 9181 − 000 RA 1 RESISTOR ARRAY, 10MOHM 抵抗アレイ FH3 − 0242 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス 940-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 954: Inverter Pcb Assembly

    FH3 − 0879 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス T 1 0 0 2 FH3 − 0666 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス T 1 0 0 3 FH3 − 0881 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス 945-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 955: Ac Driver Pcb Assembly

    S K 3 RH6 − 3434 − 000 FILTER, NOISE ノイズ フィルタ RH6 − 3434 − 000 S K 4 FILTER, NOISE ノイズ フィルタ FH3 − 0936 − 000 INDUCTOR インダクタ 960-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 956: Document Detect Pcb Assembly

    IC, MB87L1890, GATE ARRAY ゲート アレイ I C1 2 FH4 − 3882 − 000 IC, MR27V402E-013TP, MASK-ROM MASK−ROM I C1 3 FH4 − 3883 − 000 IC, MR27V402E-038TP, MASK-ROM MASK−ROM 970-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 957: Ac Transformer Pcb Assembly

    FG6 − 7249 − 000 H.V. AC TRANSFORMER PCB ASS’Y 高圧ACトランス回路基板 FG6 − 7220 − 000 CABLE, H.V. CONNECTING J722,741 高圧中継束線 SEE NOTE FH3 − 5237 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス 980-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 958 H.V. DC TRANSFORMER PCB ASSEMBLY FIGURE 985 高圧DCトランス回路基板 (J732) (J733) (J731) 985-1 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 959 FH3 − 0766 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス FH3 − 0830 − 000 T 7 0 1 TRANSFORMER トランス T 8 0 1 FH3 − 0893 − 000 TRANSFORMER トランス 985-2 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 960 J519 J326 J323 J269 J364 J3601 J342 J381 J335 J3605 J327 J338 J337 J328 J340 J380 J3606 J339 J334 J341 J3604 J331 J3602 J332 J3603 J333 J382 J324 J325 J383 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 961 J197 J182 J2030 J184 J180 J157 J204 J652 J183 J206 J651 J196 J207 J1712 J195 J1714 J198 J185 J1719 J202 J210 J1715 J208 J186 J1721 J192 J209 J187 J1720 J1723 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 962 J138 J133 J1003 J169 J127 J122 J102 J145 J112 J7001 J123 J101 J111 J144 J501 J502 J147 J151 J146 J133 J127 J503 J504 J132 J152 J118 J1728 J1723 J1718 J1713 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 963 J1716 J506 J9201 J9203 J1724 J9202 J737 J271 J732 J272 J733 J721 J731 J722 J734 J723 J239 J741 J512 J510 J792 J228 J742 J1722 J791 J514 J262 J1723 J261 J505 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 964 VS3 − 5083 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5160 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 18-24AWG ソケット コンタクト AC DRIVER ACドライバ VS1 − 6380 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE コネクタ (オス) COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 965 CABLE, DRUM HEATER ドラム ヒ−タ中継束線 FG6 − 7201 − 000 CABLE, DRUM HEATER CONNECTING ドラム ヒータ中継束線 VS4 − 0001 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, MALE コネクタ (オス) VS4 − 0002 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 966 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5472 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 12AWG ソケット コンタクト WS3 − 5473 − 000 PIN, CONTACT, 12AWG ピンコンタクト VS1 − 5729 − 007 CONNECTOR, 7P, MALE コネクタ (オス) COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 967 PIN CONTACT, 22-26AWG ピン コンタクト VS1 − 5729 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE コネクタ (オス) VS3 − 5083 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5160 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 18-24AWG ソケット コンタクト COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 968 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト WS3 − 5720 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト VS1 − 5729 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, MALE コネクタ (オス) VS3 − 5083 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 969 VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 5057 − 003 J 1 1 4 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-10 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 970 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 1 2 9 DEVELOPMENT FAN FM15 現像ファン VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-11 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 971 DEVELOPING TONER SENSOR 現像トナー センサ VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 1 4 3 BUFFER MOTOR バッファ モータ B-12 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 972 CONNECTOR, 13P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6319 − 026 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VT2 − 5161 − 026 HOLDER, CONNECTOR, 26P コネクタ ホルダ J 1 5 9 GLASS SENSOR PS57 ガラス有無センサ B-13 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 973 J 1 7 3 VS1 − 6314 − 007 CONNECTOR, 7P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6318 − 007 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ J 1 7 4 COPYBOARD COVER OPEN SENSOR 圧板開閉検知 B-14 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 974 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 1 9 0 FIXING MAIN THERMISTOR 定着サーミスタ(メイン) VS1 − 5057 − 002 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-15 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 975 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 004 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 2 0 5 UNIT LOCK SOLENOID ユニット ロック ソレノイド VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ B-16 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 976 J 2 2 3 MULTI CURL INLET SENSOR PS35 マルチ カール付け入口センサ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 2 2 4 VS1 − 5057 − 012 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ B-17 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 977 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 2 3 4 RIGHT PICK-UP SOLENOID 右デッキ給紙ソレノイド VS1 − 5057 − 002 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-18 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 978 ソケット コンタクト J 2 4 6 CARTRIDGE MOTOR DRIVE SWITCH MSW8 カートリッジ モータ駆動スイッチ RH2 − 5283 − 000 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5419 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-26AWG ソケット コンタクト B-19 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 979 VS1 − 6321 − 004 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 5057 − 006 J 2 5 8 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 006 CONNECTOR, 6P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-20 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 980 レジ前ブレーキ クラッチ VS1 − 6321 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 5057 − 002 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ FG6 − 3569 − 000 CABLE, BIAS SEPARATION CLAW 分離爪バイアス束線 B-21 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 981 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 2 8 9 CASSETTE 3 PICK-UP SOLENOID カセット(3)給紙ソレノイド VS1 − 5057 − 002 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-22 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 982 VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6313 − 013 J 3 0 5 CONNECTOR, 13P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6314 − 013 CONNECTOR, 13P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-23 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 983 左デッキ開閉センサ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 3 1 9 LEFT DECK LIMIT SENSOR PS34 左デッキ リミット センサ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-24 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 984 J 3 2 9 SIDE REGISTRATION MOTOR 横レジ モータ FG6 − 8616 − 000 CABLE, THROUGH-PATH DRAWER スルーパス ドロア束線 J 3 3 0 FG6 − 8616 − 000 CABLE, THROUGH-PATH DRAWER スルーパス ドロア束線 B-25 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 985 VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) FG6 − 8616 − 000 J 3 4 0 CABLE, THROUGH-PATH DRAWER スルーパス ドロア束線 VS1 − 5057 − 003 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ B-26 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 986 VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 5057 − 003 J 3 6 4 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 003 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-27 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 987 CONNECTOR, 18P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6314 − 018 CONNECTOR, 18P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6319 − 036 CONNECTOR, 36P, MALE コネクタ (オス) VT2 − 5161 − 036 HOLDER, CONNECTOR, 36P コネクタ ホルダ B-28 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 988 HOLDER, CONNECTOR, 32P コネクタ ホルダ J 5 0 6 DC CONTROLLER DCコントローラ VS1 − 6313 − 014 CONNECTOR, 14P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6314 − 014 CONNECTOR, 14P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-29 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 989 CONNECTOR, 13P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VS1 − 6314 − 013 CONNECTOR, 13P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VT2 − 5161 − 026 HOLDER, CONNECTOR, 26P コネクタ ホルダ J 5 1 4 DC CONTROLLER DCコントローラ B-30 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 990 J 5 2 3 DC CONTROLLER DCコントローラ VS1 − 6314 − 004 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 5 2 6 DC CONTROLLER DCコントローラ VS1 − 6314 − 007 CONNECTOR, 7P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-31 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 991 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5569 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト J 7 2 2 HIGH VOLTAGE DC TRANSFORMER 高圧DCトランス VS1 − 6302 − 005 CONNECTOR, 5P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) B-32 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 992 WS3 − 5569 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト J 7 6 4 POLYGON MOTOR ポリゴン モータ VS3 − 0315 − 011 CONNECTOR, 11P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 1091 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT ソケット コンタクト B-33 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 993 CONNECTOR, 3P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 8 5 1 EXPOSURE CONTROLLER 調光制御 VS3 − 5083 − 004 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5160 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 18-24AWG ソケット コンタクト B-34 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 994 MAIN CONTROLLER メイン コントローラ VS1 − 6313 − 018 CONNECTOR, 18P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) VT2 − 5161 − 036 HOLDER, CONNECTOR, 36P コネクタ ホルダ J 1 0 1 9 MAIN CONTROLLER メイン コントローラ B-35 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 995 SOCKET CONTACT, 18-24AWG ソケット コンタクト J 1 1 0 1 READER CONTROLLER リーダ コントローラ VS1 − 6302 − 008 CONNECTOR, 8P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5569 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト B-36 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 996 LASER DRIVER 2 レーザ ドライバ(2) J 1 3 0 2 LASER DRIVER 2 レーザ ドライバ(2) FH2 − 6900 − 000 CABLE, SHIELD シールド ケーブル J 1 3 0 3 LASER DRIVER 2 レーザ ドライバ(2) B-37 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 997 J 1 5 0 3 FH2 − 6898 − 000 CABLE, FLAT フラット ケーブル J 1 5 5 1 HARD DISK ハード ディスク VS1 − 6619 − 040 CONNECTOR, 40P, FEMALE コネクタ(メス) B-38 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 998 SOCKET CONTACT, 20-24AWG ソケット コンタクト J 1 7 1 8 RELAY リレー VS3 − 5083 − 007 CONNECTOR, 7P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5160 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 18-24AWG ソケット コンタクト B-39 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 999 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト J 2 0 3 1 SEPARATION FAN FM13 分離ファン VS1 − 6302 − 004 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) WS3 − 5569 − 000 SOCKET CONTACT, 22-28AWG ソケット コンタクト B-40 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1000 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ VS1 − 6321 − 002 CONNECTOR, 2P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 5 0 3 2 VIBRATION MOTOR バイブレーション モータ VS1 − 5057 − 002 CONNECTOR, SNAP TIGHT チュウケイ コネクタ B-41 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1001 J 9 2 0 3 LVDS 差動 VS1 − 6314 − 004 CONNECTOR, 4P, FEMALE コネクタ (メス) J 9 8 0 2 CONTROL PANEL CPU 操作CPU LCD CONTROL/ANALOG TOUCH PANEL 液晶パネル/アナログ タッチ パネル B-42 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1003: List Of Standard Fasteners

    スペーサ ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ C - 9 Y. Spring and dowel pins ......... C - 9 Z .スペーサ ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ C - 9 VI. SPACERS ............C - 9 Z. Spacers ............C - 9 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1004 ニ ッ ケ ル メ ッ キ 白 Phosphated Black 鉄 鋼 燐 酸 塩 被 膜 黒 Black zinc plated Black 黒 色 亜 鉛 メ ッ キ 黒 表 1 Table 1 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1005 F F F F F ..FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS サラ小ネジ COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1006 Nominal diameter (d) .. M3 呼び径(d) Hexagon nut Material and surface 六角ナット treatment ........Steel 材料および表面処理 (black zinc plated) 鋼材 (黒色亜鉛メッキ) XB7−210..class 1 1 種 XB7−220..class 3 3 種 Socket head cap screws 六角穴付きボルト COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1007 Class 2 Class 3 1 種 2 種 3 種 Thickness code t (mm) 板厚番号 0.05 10.5 11.4 10.6 12.2 11.4 13.8 12.8 14.6 13.5 15.4 Table 2 表2 Table 3 表3 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1008 Inner diameter (d) ..3mm type 内歯形 type 外歯形 呼び径(d) Toothed lock washer Material and surface 歯付き座金 treatment ..... Stainless (without 材料および表面処理 surface treatment) XD1−410..Inner toothed type ステンレス 内歯形 (表面処理なし) XD1−420..Outer toothed type 外歯形 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1009 GRIP RINGS How to read Part Numbers グリップ止め輪 部品番号の見方 XD2−2100−502 Inner diameter (d) ..5.0mm 呼び径(d) Grip ring Material and surface グリップ止め輪 treatment ..... Stainless (without surface treatment) 材料および表面処理 ステンレス (表面処理なし) COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1010 59.2 18.5 21.5 64.2 20.5 23.5 66.2 23.2 26.9 72.5 25.9 30.1 76.5 27.9 32.1 79.5 29.6 34.4 85.5 32.2 37.8 90.5 39.8 95.5 Table 4 表4 100.5 Table 5 表5 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1011 How to read Part Numbers スペーサ 部品番号の見方 XZ1−1300−305 Nominal diameter (d) ... 3.0mm 呼び径(d) Spacer Length ( ) ....3.0mm スペーサ 長さ( ) Material and surface treatment ....... Steel (zinc plated) 材料および表面処理 鋼(亜鉛メッキ) COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1012 C-10 COPYRIGHT 2001 CANON INC. STANDARD FASTENERS REV.0 FEB. 1992...
  • Page 1013: Numerical Index

    FB3− 8369− 000 − FA9− 3822− 000 − FB2− 7625− 000 − FB3− 8398− 000 − − − FB3− 8409− 000 − − FB2− 7630− 000 − FB3− 8412− 000 − COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1014 − − FB4− 2094− 000 − FB4− 1443− 000 − FB4− 1820− 020 − FB4− 2106− 000 − FB4− 1447− 000 − FB4− 1821− 020 − FB4− 2113− 000 − COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1015 FB4− 9799− 000 − FB5− 6932− 000 − FB4− 3750− 000 − FB5− 0527− 000 − FB5− 6934− 000 − FB4− 3759− 000 − FB5− 0529− 000 − FB5− 6935− 000 − COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1016 − − FF5− 7884− 000 − FB6− 0500− 000 − FC1− 6853− 000 − FF5− 7891− 020 − FB6− 0502− 000 − FC1− 7438− 000 − FF5− 7938− 000 − COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1017 FG6− 1987− 000 − FG6− 7747− 000 − FF6− 1542− 000 − FG6− 1996− 000 − FG6− 7748− 000 − FF6− 1843− 000 − FG6− 2011− 000 − FG6− 7999− 000 − COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1018 − J 1 6 3 FH4− 6156− 000 − I C 1 0 7 − FH2− 6453− 000 − FH4− 9157− 000 − R 2 0 6 FH7− 7342− 000 − COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1019 − − FS6− 0557− 000 − FS2− 9343− 000 − FS5− 3337− 020 − FS6− 0857− 000 − − FS5− 3609− 000 − FS6− 0899− 000 − 1 0 7 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1020 2 0 0 FS6− 2985− 000 − FS7− 5687− 000 − − J 2 0 7 FS6− 2990− 000 − FS7− 8109− 000 − 3 6 G − J 2 1 7 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1021 2 4 1 VS1− 6023− 015 − C N 9 0 1 − J 3 5 1 − J 2 5 6 VS1− 6302− 002 − J − J 3 5 5 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1022 VS1− 6318− 004 − 2 2 C − J 2 8 2 − J 3 1 9 − 6 4 A − J 2 8 9 − J 3 2 7 D-10 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1023 − J 5 1 5 WS3− 5358− 000 − J VS1− 6407− 080 − J 1 0 1 4 − J 5 1 7 − J 1 0 8 D-11 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1024 XA9− 0807− 000 − − J XA9− 0615− 000 − XA9− 0813− 000 − − J − XA9− 0828− 000 − − J XA9− 0625− 000 − XA9− 0836− 000 − D-12 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1025 − 5 0 3 − 5 0 3 − 5 0 2 − 5 0 3 − 5 1 6 − 5 0 1 − 5 0 6 − 5 1 4 D-13 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1026 − 5 0 5 − 5 1 4 XG9− 0249− 000 − − 5 2 2 − 5 1 2 − − 5 2 3 − 5 1 3 − D-14 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1027 − XH9− 0090− 000 − XH9− 0110− 000 − XZ9− 0251− 000 − XZ9− 0367− 000 − XZ9− 0407− 000 − XZ9− 0472− 000 − XZ9− 0503− 000 − D-15 COPYRIGHT © 2001 CANON INC. CANON iR105 REV.0 AUG. 2001...
  • Page 1028 Prepared by OFFICE IMAGING PRODUCTS QUALITY ASSURANCE CENTER CANON INC. Printed in U.S.A. REVISION 0 [AUG. 2001] 5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-city, Ibaraki 302-8501, Japan...
  • Page 1029: Recycled Paper

    This publication is printed on 100% recycled paper. PRINTED IN U.S.A. [IMPRIME AU U.S.A.]...

Table of Contents